patch 8.0.0682: no test for synIDtrans()

Problem:    No test for synIDtrans().
Solution:   Add a test. (Dominique Pelle, closes #1796)

.travis.yml

@@ -99,5 +99,6 @@ script:
 
 after_success:
   - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b $SRCDIR -x .xs -e ${SRCDIR}/xxd -e ${SRCDIR}/if_perl.c --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR; fi
+  - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then  cd $SRCDIR && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash) ; fi
 
 # vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:

Filelist

@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/edit.c \
 		src/eval.c \
 		src/evalfunc.c \
+		src/ex_cmdidxs.h \
 		src/ex_cmds.c \
 		src/ex_cmds.h \
 		src/ex_cmds2.c \
@@ -215,6 +216,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/config.mk.in \
 		src/configure \
 		src/configure.ac \
+		src/create_cmdidxs.vim \
 		src/gui_at_fs.c \
 		src/gui_at_sb.c \
 		src/gui_at_sb.h \
@@ -238,7 +240,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/link.sh \
 		src/installman.sh \
 		src/installml.sh \
-		src/mkinstalldirs \
+		src/install-sh \
 		src/os_unix.c \
 		src/os_unix.h \
 		src/os_unixx.h \
@@ -724,7 +726,6 @@ EXTRA =		\
 		farsi/README.txt \
 		farsi/fonts/*/far-* \
 		runtime/vimlogo.xpm \
-		src/swis.s \
 		src/tee/Makefile \
 		src/tee/Make_mvc.mak \
 		src/tee/tee.c \

README.md

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 `README.md` for version 8.0 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
+[![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master)
 [![Coverage Status](https://coveralls.io/repos/vim/vim/badge.svg?branch=master&service=github)](https://coveralls.io/github/vim/vim?branch=master)
 [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
 [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -87,6 +87,7 @@ UninstPage instfiles
 Function .onInit
   MessageBox MB_YESNO|MB_ICONQUESTION \
 	"This will install Vim ${VER_MAJOR}.${VER_MINOR} on your computer.$\n Continue?" \
+	/SD IDYES \
 	IDYES NoAbort
 	    Abort ; causes installer to quit.
 	NoAbort:

runtime/autoload/rust.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
+" Author: Kevin Ballard
+" Description: Helper functions for Rust commands/mappings
+" Last Modified: May 27, 2014
+" For bugs, patches and license go to https://github.com/rust-lang/rust.vim
+
+" Jump {{{1
+
+function! rust#Jump(mode, function) range
+	let cnt = v:count1
+	normal! m'
+	if a:mode ==# 'v'
+		norm! gv
+	endif
+	let foldenable = &foldenable
+	set nofoldenable
+	while cnt > 0
+		execute "call <SID>Jump_" . a:function . "()"
+		let cnt = cnt - 1
+	endwhile
+	let &foldenable = foldenable
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Jump_Back()
+	call search('{', 'b')
+	keepjumps normal! w99[{
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Jump_Forward()
+	normal! j0
+	call search('{', 'b')
+	keepjumps normal! w99[{%
+	call search('{')
+endfunction
+
+" Run {{{1
+
+function! rust#Run(bang, args)
+	let args = s:ShellTokenize(a:args)
+	if a:bang
+		let idx = index(l:args, '--')
+		if idx != -1
+			let rustc_args = idx == 0 ? [] : l:args[:idx-1]
+			let args = l:args[idx+1:]
+		else
+			let rustc_args = l:args
+			let args = []
+		endif
+	else
+		let rustc_args = []
+	endif
+
+	let b:rust_last_rustc_args = l:rustc_args
+	let b:rust_last_args = l:args
+
+	call s:WithPath(function("s:Run"), rustc_args, args)
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Run(dict, rustc_args, args)
+	let exepath = a:dict.tmpdir.'/'.fnamemodify(a:dict.path, ':t:r')
+	if has('win32')
+		let exepath .= '.exe'
+	endif
+
+	let relpath = get(a:dict, 'tmpdir_relpath', a:dict.path)
+	let rustc_args = [relpath, '-o', exepath] + a:rustc_args
+
+	let rustc = exists("g:rustc_path") ? g:rustc_path : "rustc"
+
+	let pwd = a:dict.istemp ? a:dict.tmpdir : ''
+	let output = s:system(pwd, shellescape(rustc) . " " . join(map(rustc_args, 'shellescape(v:val)')))
+	if output != ''
+		echohl WarningMsg
+		echo output
+		echohl None
+	endif
+	if !v:shell_error
+		exe '!' . shellescape(exepath) . " " . join(map(a:args, 'shellescape(v:val)'))
+	endif
+endfunction
+
+" Expand {{{1
+
+function! rust#Expand(bang, args)
+	let args = s:ShellTokenize(a:args)
+	if a:bang && !empty(l:args)
+		let pretty = remove(l:args, 0)
+	else
+		let pretty = "expanded"
+	endif
+	call s:WithPath(function("s:Expand"), pretty, args)
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Expand(dict, pretty, args)
+	try
+		let rustc = exists("g:rustc_path") ? g:rustc_path : "rustc"
+
+		if a:pretty =~? '^\%(everybody_loops$\|flowgraph=\)'
+			let flag = '--xpretty'
+		else
+			let flag = '--pretty'
+		endif
+		let relpath = get(a:dict, 'tmpdir_relpath', a:dict.path)
+		let args = [relpath, '-Z', 'unstable-options', l:flag, a:pretty] + a:args
+		let pwd = a:dict.istemp ? a:dict.tmpdir : ''
+		let output = s:system(pwd, shellescape(rustc) . " " . join(map(args, 'shellescape(v:val)')))
+		if v:shell_error
+			echohl WarningMsg
+			echo output
+			echohl None
+		else
+			new
+			silent put =output
+			1
+			d
+			setl filetype=rust
+			setl buftype=nofile
+			setl bufhidden=hide
+			setl noswapfile
+			" give the buffer a nice name
+			let suffix = 1
+			let basename = fnamemodify(a:dict.path, ':t:r')
+			while 1
+				let bufname = basename
+				if suffix > 1 | let bufname .= ' ('.suffix.')' | endif
+				let bufname .= '.pretty.rs'
+				if bufexists(bufname)
+					let suffix += 1
+					continue
+				endif
+				exe 'silent noautocmd keepalt file' fnameescape(bufname)
+				break
+			endwhile
+		endif
+	endtry
+endfunction
+
+function! rust#CompleteExpand(lead, line, pos)
+	if a:line[: a:pos-1] =~ '^RustExpand!\s*\S*$'
+		" first argument and it has a !
+		let list = ["normal", "expanded", "typed", "expanded,identified", "flowgraph=", "everybody_loops"]
+		if !empty(a:lead)
+			call filter(list, "v:val[:len(a:lead)-1] == a:lead")
+		endif
+		return list
+	endif
+
+	return glob(escape(a:lead, "*?[") . '*', 0, 1)
+endfunction
+
+" Emit {{{1
+
+function! rust#Emit(type, args)
+	let args = s:ShellTokenize(a:args)
+	call s:WithPath(function("s:Emit"), a:type, args)
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Emit(dict, type, args)
+	try
+		let output_path = a:dict.tmpdir.'/output'
+
+		let rustc = exists("g:rustc_path") ? g:rustc_path : "rustc"
+
+		let relpath = get(a:dict, 'tmpdir_relpath', a:dict.path)
+		let args = [relpath, '--emit', a:type, '-o', output_path] + a:args
+		let pwd = a:dict.istemp ? a:dict.tmpdir : ''
+		let output = s:system(pwd, shellescape(rustc) . " " . join(map(args, 'shellescape(v:val)')))
+		if output != ''
+			echohl WarningMsg
+			echo output
+			echohl None
+		endif
+		if !v:shell_error
+			new
+			exe 'silent keepalt read' fnameescape(output_path)
+			1
+			d
+			if a:type == "llvm-ir"
+				setl filetype=llvm
+				let extension = 'll'
+			elseif a:type == "asm"
+				setl filetype=asm
+				let extension = 's'
+			endif
+			setl buftype=nofile
+			setl bufhidden=hide
+			setl noswapfile
+			if exists('l:extension')
+				" give the buffer a nice name
+				let suffix = 1
+				let basename = fnamemodify(a:dict.path, ':t:r')
+				while 1
+					let bufname = basename
+					if suffix > 1 | let bufname .= ' ('.suffix.')' | endif
+					let bufname .= '.'.extension
+					if bufexists(bufname)
+						let suffix += 1
+						continue
+					endif
+					exe 'silent noautocmd keepalt file' fnameescape(bufname)
+					break
+				endwhile
+			endif
+		endif
+	endtry
+endfunction
+
+" Utility functions {{{1
+
+" Invokes func(dict, ...)
+" Where {dict} is a dictionary with the following keys:
+"   'path' - The path to the file
+"   'tmpdir' - The path to a temporary directory that will be deleted when the
+"              function returns.
+"   'istemp' - 1 if the path is a file inside of {dict.tmpdir} or 0 otherwise.
+" If {istemp} is 1 then an additional key is provided:
+"   'tmpdir_relpath' - The {path} relative to the {tmpdir}.
+"
+" {dict.path} may be a path to a file inside of {dict.tmpdir} or it may be the
+" existing path of the current buffer. If the path is inside of {dict.tmpdir}
+" then it is guaranteed to have a '.rs' extension.
+function! s:WithPath(func, ...)
+	let buf = bufnr('')
+	let saved = {}
+	let dict = {}
+	try
+		let saved.write = &write
+		set write
+		let dict.path = expand('%')
+		let pathisempty = empty(dict.path)
+
+		" Always create a tmpdir in case the wrapped command wants it
+		let dict.tmpdir = tempname()
+		call mkdir(dict.tmpdir)
+
+		if pathisempty || !saved.write
+			let dict.istemp = 1
+			" if we're doing this because of nowrite, preserve the filename
+			if !pathisempty
+				let filename = expand('%:t:r').".rs"
+			else
+				let filename = 'unnamed.rs'
+			endif
+			let dict.tmpdir_relpath = filename
+			let dict.path = dict.tmpdir.'/'.filename
+
+			let saved.mod = &mod
+			set nomod
+
+			silent exe 'keepalt write! ' . fnameescape(dict.path)
+			if pathisempty
+				silent keepalt 0file
+			endif
+		else
+			let dict.istemp = 0
+			update
+		endif
+
+		call call(a:func, [dict] + a:000)
+	finally
+		if bufexists(buf)
+			for [opt, value] in items(saved)
+				silent call setbufvar(buf, '&'.opt, value)
+				unlet value " avoid variable type mismatches
+			endfor
+		endif
+		if has_key(dict, 'tmpdir') | silent call s:RmDir(dict.tmpdir) | endif
+	endtry
+endfunction
+
+function! rust#AppendCmdLine(text)
+	call setcmdpos(getcmdpos())
+	let cmd = getcmdline() . a:text
+	return cmd
+endfunction
+
+" Tokenize the string according to sh parsing rules
+function! s:ShellTokenize(text)
+	" states:
+	" 0: start of word
+	" 1: unquoted
+	" 2: unquoted backslash
+	" 3: double-quote
+	" 4: double-quoted backslash
+	" 5: single-quote
+	let l:state = 0
+	let l:current = ''
+	let l:args = []
+	for c in split(a:text, '\zs')
+		if l:state == 0 || l:state == 1 " unquoted
+			if l:c ==# ' '
+				if l:state == 0 | continue | endif
+				call add(l:args, l:current)
+				let l:current = ''
+				let l:state = 0
+			elseif l:c ==# '\'
+				let l:state = 2
+			elseif l:c ==# '"'
+				let l:state = 3
+			elseif l:c ==# "'"
+				let l:state = 5
+			else
+				let l:current .= l:c
+				let l:state = 1
+			endif
+		elseif l:state == 2 " unquoted backslash
+			if l:c !=# "\n" " can it even be \n?
+				let l:current .= l:c
+			endif
+			let l:state = 1
+		elseif l:state == 3 " double-quote
+			if l:c ==# '\'
+				let l:state = 4
+			elseif l:c ==# '"'
+				let l:state = 1
+			else
+				let l:current .= l:c
+			endif
+		elseif l:state == 4 " double-quoted backslash
+			if stridx('$`"\', l:c) >= 0
+				let l:current .= l:c
+			elseif l:c ==# "\n" " is this even possible?
+				" skip it
+			else
+				let l:current .= '\'.l:c
+			endif
+			let l:state = 3
+		elseif l:state == 5 " single-quoted
+			if l:c == "'"
+				let l:state = 1
+			else
+				let l:current .= l:c
+			endif
+		endif
+	endfor
+	if l:state != 0
+		call add(l:args, l:current)
+	endif
+	return l:args
+endfunction
+
+function! s:RmDir(path)
+	" sanity check; make sure it's not empty, /, or $HOME
+	if empty(a:path)
+		echoerr 'Attempted to delete empty path'
+		return 0
+	elseif a:path == '/' || a:path == $HOME
+		echoerr 'Attempted to delete protected path: ' . a:path
+		return 0
+	endif
+	return system("rm -rf " . shellescape(a:path))
+endfunction
+
+" Executes {cmd} with the cwd set to {pwd}, without changing Vim's cwd.
+" If {pwd} is the empty string then it doesn't change the cwd.
+function! s:system(pwd, cmd)
+	let cmd = a:cmd
+	if !empty(a:pwd)
+		let cmd = 'cd ' . shellescape(a:pwd) . ' && ' . cmd
+	endif
+	return system(cmd)
+endfunction
+
+" Playpen Support {{{1
+" Parts of gist.vim by Yasuhiro Matsumoto <mattn.jp@gmail.com> reused
+" gist.vim available under the BSD license, available at
+" http://github.com/mattn/gist-vim
+function! s:has_webapi()
+    if !exists("*webapi#http#post")
+	try
+	    call webapi#http#post()
+	catch
+	endtry
+    endif
+    return exists("*webapi#http#post")
+endfunction
+
+function! rust#Play(count, line1, line2, ...) abort
+    redraw
+
+    let l:rust_playpen_url = get(g:, 'rust_playpen_url', 'https://play.rust-lang.org/')
+    let l:rust_shortener_url = get(g:, 'rust_shortener_url', 'https://is.gd/')
+
+    if !s:has_webapi()
+	echohl ErrorMsg | echomsg ':RustPlay depends on webapi.vim (https://github.com/mattn/webapi-vim)' | echohl None
+	return
+    endif
+
+    let bufname = bufname('%')
+    if a:count < 1
+	let content = join(getline(a:line1, a:line2), "\n")
+    else
+	let save_regcont = @"
+	let save_regtype = getregtype('"')
+	silent! normal! gvy
+	let content = @"
+	call setreg('"', save_regcont, save_regtype)
+    endif
+
+    let body = l:rust_playpen_url."?code=".webapi#http#encodeURI(content)
+
+    if strlen(body) > 5000
+	echohl ErrorMsg | echomsg 'Buffer too large, max 5000 encoded characters ('.strlen(body).')' | echohl None
+	return
+    endif
+
+    let payload = "format=simple&url=".webapi#http#encodeURI(body)
+    let res = webapi#http#post(l:rust_shortener_url.'create.php', payload, {})
+    let url = res.content
+
+    redraw | echomsg 'Done: '.url
+endfunction
+
+" }}}1
+
+" vim: set noet sw=8 ts=8:

runtime/autoload/rustfmt.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+" Author: Stephen Sugden <stephen@stephensugden.com>
+"
+" Adapted from https://github.com/fatih/vim-go
+" For bugs, patches and license go to https://github.com/rust-lang/rust.vim
+
+if !exists("g:rustfmt_autosave")
+	let g:rustfmt_autosave = 0
+endif
+
+if !exists("g:rustfmt_command")
+	let g:rustfmt_command = "rustfmt"
+endif
+
+if !exists("g:rustfmt_options")
+	let g:rustfmt_options = ""
+endif
+
+if !exists("g:rustfmt_fail_silently")
+	let g:rustfmt_fail_silently = 0
+endif
+
+let s:got_fmt_error = 0
+
+function! s:RustfmtCommandRange(filename, line1, line2)
+	let l:arg = {"file": shellescape(a:filename), "range": [a:line1, a:line2]}
+	return printf("%s %s --write-mode=overwrite --file-lines '[%s]'", g:rustfmt_command, g:rustfmt_options, json_encode(l:arg))
+endfunction
+
+function! s:RustfmtCommand(filename)
+	return g:rustfmt_command . " --write-mode=overwrite " . g:rustfmt_options . " " . shellescape(a:filename)
+endfunction
+
+function! s:RunRustfmt(command, curw, tmpname)
+	if exists("*systemlist")
+		let out = systemlist(a:command)
+	else
+		let out = split(system(a:command), '\r\?\n')
+	endif
+
+	if v:shell_error == 0 || v:shell_error == 3
+		" remove undo point caused via BufWritePre
+		try | silent undojoin | catch | endtry
+
+		" Replace current file with temp file, then reload buffer
+		call rename(a:tmpname, expand('%'))
+		silent edit!
+		let &syntax = &syntax
+
+		" only clear location list if it was previously filled to prevent
+		" clobbering other additions
+		if s:got_fmt_error
+			let s:got_fmt_error = 0
+			call setloclist(0, [])
+			lwindow
+		endif
+	elseif g:rustfmt_fail_silently == 0
+		" otherwise get the errors and put them in the location list
+		let errors = []
+
+		for line in out
+			" src/lib.rs:13:5: 13:10 error: expected `,`, or `}`, found `value`
+			let tokens = matchlist(line, '^\(.\{-}\):\(\d\+\):\(\d\+\):\s*\(\d\+:\d\+\s*\)\?\s*error: \(.*\)')
+			if !empty(tokens)
+				call add(errors, {"filename": @%,
+						 \"lnum":     tokens[2],
+						 \"col":      tokens[3],
+						 \"text":     tokens[5]})
+			endif
+		endfor
+
+		if empty(errors)
+			% | " Couldn't detect rustfmt error format, output errors
+		endif
+
+		if !empty(errors)
+			call setloclist(0, errors, 'r')
+			echohl Error | echomsg "rustfmt returned error" | echohl None
+		endif
+
+		let s:got_fmt_error = 1
+		lwindow
+		" We didn't use the temp file, so clean up
+		call delete(a:tmpname)
+	endif
+
+	call winrestview(a:curw)
+endfunction
+
+function! rustfmt#FormatRange(line1, line2)
+	let l:curw = winsaveview()
+	let l:tmpname = expand("%:p:h") . "/." . expand("%:p:t") . ".rustfmt"
+	call writefile(getline(1, '$'), l:tmpname)
+
+	let command = s:RustfmtCommandRange(l:tmpname, a:line1, a:line2)
+
+	call s:RunRustfmt(command, l:curw, l:tmpname)
+endfunction
+
+function! rustfmt#Format()
+	let l:curw = winsaveview()
+	let l:tmpname = expand("%:p:h") . "/." . expand("%:p:t") . ".rustfmt"
+	call writefile(getline(1, '$'), l:tmpname)
+
+	let command = s:RustfmtCommand(l:tmpname)
+
+	call s:RunRustfmt(command, l:curw, l:tmpname)
+endfunction

runtime/compiler/cargo.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:         Cargo Compiler
+" Maintainer:       Damien Radtke <damienradtke@gmail.com>
+" Latest Revision:  2014 Sep 24
+" For bugs, patches and license go to https://github.com/rust-lang/rust.vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+	finish
+endif
+runtime compiler/rustc.vim
+let current_compiler = "cargo"
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+	command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if exists('g:cargo_makeprg_params')
+	execute 'CompilerSet makeprg=cargo\ '.escape(g:cargo_makeprg_params, ' \|"').'\ $*'
+else
+	CompilerSet makeprg=cargo\ $*
+endif
+
+" Ignore general cargo progress messages
+CompilerSet errorformat+=
+			\%-G%\\s%#Downloading%.%#,
+			\%-G%\\s%#Compiling%.%#,
+			\%-G%\\s%#Finished%.%#,
+			\%-G%\\s%#error:\ Could\ not\ compile\ %.%#,
+			\%-G%\\s%#To\ learn\ more\\,%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo

runtime/compiler/rst.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:             reStructuredText Documentation Format
+" Compiler:             sphinx >= 1.0.8, http://www.sphinx-doc.org
+" Description:          reStructuredText Documentation Format
 " Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:      2006-04-19
+" Latest Revision:      2017-03-31
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -11,12 +12,18 @@ let current_compiler = "rst"
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-setlocal errorformat=
-      \%f:%l:\ (%tEBUG/0)\ %m,
-      \%f:%l:\ (%tNFO/1)\ %m,
-      \%f:%l:\ (%tARNING/2)\ %m,
-      \%f:%l:\ (%tRROR/3)\ %m,
-      \%f:%l:\ (%tEVERE/3)\ %m,
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \%f\\:%l:\ %tEBUG:\ %m,
+      \%f\\:%l:\ %tNFO:\ %m,
+      \%f\\:%l:\ %tARNING:\ %m,
+      \%f\\:%l:\ %tRROR:\ %m,
+      \%f\\:%l:\ %tEVERE:\ %m,
+      \%f\\:%s:\ %tARNING:\ %m,
+      \%f\\:%s:\ %tRROR:\ %m,
       \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',
       \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ `%f',
       \%DMaking\ %*\\a\ in\ %f

runtime/compiler/rustc.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:         Rust Compiler
+" Maintainer:       Chris Morgan <me@chrismorgan.info>
+" Latest Revision:  2013 Jul 12
+" For bugs, patches and license go to https://github.com/rust-lang/rust.vim
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+	finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "rustc"
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+	command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if exists("g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent") && g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent != 0
+	CompilerSet makeprg=rustc
+else
+	CompilerSet makeprg=rustc\ \%
+endif
+
+" Old errorformat (before nightly 2016/08/10)
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+			\%f:%l:%c:\ %t%*[^:]:\ %m,
+			\%f:%l:%c:\ %*\\d:%*\\d\ %t%*[^:]:\ %m,
+			\%-G%f:%l\ %s,
+			\%-G%*[\ ]^,
+			\%-G%*[\ ]^%*[~],
+			\%-G%*[\ ]...
+
+" New errorformat (after nightly 2016/08/10)
+CompilerSet errorformat+=
+			\%-G,
+			\%-Gerror:\ aborting\ %.%#,
+			\%-Gerror:\ Could\ not\ compile\ %.%#,
+			\%Eerror:\ %m,
+			\%Eerror[E%n]:\ %m,
+			\%Wwarning:\ %m,
+			\%Inote:\ %m,
+			\%C\ %#-->\ %f:%l:%c
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2017 Mar 08
+" Last change:	2017 Jun 13
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -26,6 +26,12 @@ if &compatible
   set nocompatible
 endif
 
+" When the +eval feature is missing, the set command above will be skipped.
+" Use a trick to reset compatible only when the +eval feature is missing.
+silent! while 0
+  set nocompatible
+silent! endwhile
+
 " Allow backspacing over everything in insert mode.
 set backspace=indent,eol,start
 
@@ -100,12 +106,13 @@ if has("autocmd")
     au!
 
     " When editing a file, always jump to the last known cursor position.
-    " Don't do it when the position is invalid or when inside an event handler
-    " (happens when dropping a file on gvim).
+    " Don't do it when the position is invalid, when inside an event handler
+    " (happens when dropping a file on gvim) and for a commit message (it's
+    " likely a different one than last time).
     autocmd BufReadPost *
-      \ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") |
-      \   exe "normal! g`\"" |
-      \ endif
+      \ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") && &ft !~# 'commit'
+      \ |   exe "normal! g`\""
+      \ | endif
 
   augroup END
 

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	filetype.txt \
 	fold.txt \
 	ft_ada.txt \
+	ft_rust.txt \
 	ft_sql.txt \
 	gui.txt \
 	gui_w32.txt \
@@ -165,6 +166,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	filetype.html \
 	fold.html \
 	ft_ada.html \
+	ft_rust.html \
 	ft_sql.html \
 	gui.html \
 	gui_w32.html \

runtime/doc/arabic.txt

@@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ Arabic Language support (options & mappings) for Vim		*Arabic*
 
 								*E800*
 In order to use right-to-left and Arabic mapping support, it is
-necessary to compile VIM with the |+arabic| feature.
+necessary to compile Vim with the |+arabic| feature.
 
 These functions have been created by Nadim Shaikli <nadim-at-arabeyes.org>
 
-It is best to view this file with these settings within VIM's GUI: >
+It is best to view this file with these settings within Vim's GUI: >
 
 	:set encoding=utf-8
 	:set arabicshape
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ the user interface remains the standard Vi interface.
 
 Highlights
 ----------
-o  Editing left-to-right files as in the original VIM hasn't changed.
+o  Editing left-to-right files as in the original Vim hasn't changed.
 
 o  Viewing and editing files in right-to-left windows.	 File
    orientation is per window, so it is possible to view the same
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ o  No special terminal with right-to-left capabilities is required.
    The right-to-left changes are completely hardware independent.
    Only Arabic fonts are necessary.
 
-o  Compatible with the original VIM.   Almost all features work in
+o  Compatible with the original Vim.   Almost all features work in
    right-to-left mode (there are liable to be bugs).
 
 o  Changing keyboard mapping and reverse insert modes using a single
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ o  While in Arabic mode, numbers are entered from left to right.  Upon
 
 o  Arabic keymapping on the command line in reverse insert mode.
 
-o  Proper Bidirectional functionality is possible given VIM is
+o  Proper Bidirectional functionality is possible given Vim is
    started within a Bidi capable terminal emulator.
 
 
 Arabic Fonts						*arabicfonts*
 ------------
 
-VIM requires monospaced fonts of which there are many out there.
+Vim requires monospaced fonts of which there are many out there.
 Arabic requires ISO-8859-6 as well as Presentation Form-B fonts
 (without Form-B, Arabic will _NOT_ be usable).	It is highly
 recommended that users search for so-called 'ISO-10646-1' fonts.
@@ -96,13 +96,13 @@ o  Installation of fonts for X Window systems (Unix/Linux)
 
 Usage
 -----
-Prior to the actual usage of Arabic within VIM, a number of settings
+Prior to the actual usage of Arabic within Vim, a number of settings
 need to be accounted for and invoked.
 
 o  Setting the Arabic fonts
 
-   +  For VIM GUI set the 'guifont' to your_ARABIC_FONT.  This is done
-      by entering the following command in the VIM window.
+   +  For Vim GUI set the 'guifont' to your_ARABIC_FONT.  This is done
+      by entering the following command in the Vim window.
 >
 		:set guifont=your_ARABIC_FONT
 <
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ o  Setting the Arabic fonts
       you can include ':set guifont=your_ARABIC_FONT' to your .vimrc
       file.
 
-   +  Under the X Window environment, you can also start VIM with
+   +  Under the X Window environment, you can also start Vim with
       '-fn your_ARABIC_FONT' option.
 
 o  Setting the appropriate character Encoding
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ o  Setting the appropriate character Encoding
 >
 		:set encoding=utf-8
 <
-   to your .vimrc file (entering the command manually into you VIM
+   to your .vimrc file (entering the command manually into you Vim
    window is highly discouraged).  In short, include ':set
    encoding=utf-8' to your .vimrc file.
 
@@ -137,11 +137,11 @@ o  Setting the appropriate character Encoding
 o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 
    In order to simplify and streamline things, you can either invoke
-   VIM with the command-line option,
+   Vim with the command-line option,
 
      % vim -A my_utf8_arabic_file ...
 
-   or enable 'arabic' via the following command within VIM
+   or enable 'arabic' via the following command within Vim
 >
 		:set arabic
 <
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 >
 		:set keymap=arabic
 <
-      in your VIM window.  You can also append the 'keymap' set command to
+      in your Vim window.  You can also append the 'keymap' set command to
       your .vimrc file.  In other words, you can include ':set keymap=arabic'
       to your .vimrc file.
 
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 
    +  Arabic deletion of a combined pair character
 
-      By default VIM has the 'delcombine' option disabled.  This option
+      By default Vim has the 'delcombine' option disabled.  This option
       allows the deletion of ALEF in a LAM_ALEF (LAA) combined character
       and still retain the LAM (i.e. it reverts to treating the combined
       character as its natural two characters form -- this also pertains
@@ -211,13 +211,13 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 >
 		:set delcombine
 <
-      in our VIM window.  You can also append the 'delcombine' set command
+      in our Vim window.  You can also append the 'delcombine' set command
       to your .vimrc file.  In other words, you can include ':set delcombine'
       to your .vimrc file.
 
    +  Arabic right-to-left Mode
 
-      By default VIM starts in Left-to-right mode.  'rightleft' is the
+      By default Vim starts in Left-to-right mode.  'rightleft' is the
       command that allows one to alter a window's orientation - that can
       be accomplished via,
 
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 >
 		:set arabicshape
 <
-      in our VIM window.  You can also append the 'arabicshape' set
+      in our Vim window.  You can also append the 'arabicshape' set
       command to your .vimrc file.  In other words, you can include
       ':set arabicshape' to your .vimrc file.
 
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 Keymap/Keyboard						*arabickeymap*
 ---------------
 
-The character/letter encoding used in VIM is the standard UTF-8.
+The character/letter encoding used in Vim is the standard UTF-8.
 It is widely discouraged that any other encoding be used or even
 attempted.
 
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ o  Keyboard
 Restrictions
 ------------
 
-o  VIM in its GUI form does not currently support Bi-directionality
+o  Vim in its GUI form does not currently support Bi-directionality
    (i.e. the ability to see both Arabic and Latin intermixed within
    the same line).
 

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jan 14
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Apr 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				|timestamp|
 				Mostly triggered after executing a shell
 				command, but also with a |:checktime| command
-				or when Gvim regains input focus.
+				or when gvim regains input focus.
 				This autocommand is triggered for each changed
 				file.  It is not used when 'autoread' is set
 				and the buffer was not changed.  If a
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				to tell Vim what to do next.
 				NOTE: When this autocommand is executed, the
 				current buffer "%" may be different from the
-				buffer that was changed "<afile>".
+				buffer that was changed, which is in "<afile>".
 				NOTE: The commands must not change the current
 				buffer, jump to another buffer or delete a
 				buffer.  *E246* *E811*

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Dec 02
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -489,6 +489,11 @@ If you want to handle both stderr and stdout with one handler use the
 "callback" option: >
     let job = job_start(command, {"callback": "MyHandler"}) 
 
+Depending on the system, starting a job can put Vim in the background, the
+started job gets the focus.  To avoid that, use the `foreground()` function.
+This might not always work when called early, put in the callback handler or
+use a timer to call it after the job has started.
+
 You can send a message to the command with ch_evalraw().  If the channel is in
 JSON or JS mode you can use ch_evalexpr().
 

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Nov 24
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Apr 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1558,6 +1558,13 @@ If you want to automatically reload a file when it has been changed outside of
 Vim, set the 'autoread' option.  This doesn't work at the moment you write the
 file though, only when the file wasn't changed inside of Vim.
 
+If you do not want to be asked or automatically reload the file, you can use
+this: >
+	set buftype=nofile
+
+Or, when starting gvim from a shell: >
+	gvim file.log -c "set buftype=nofile"
+
 Note that if a FileChangedShell autocommand is defined you will not get a
 warning message or prompt.  The autocommand is expected to handle this.
 

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 18
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -2261,12 +2261,13 @@ readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
 reltime([{start} [, {end}]])	List	get time value
 reltimefloat({time})		Float	turn the time value into a Float
 reltimestr({time})		String	turn time value into a String
-remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
+remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar} [, {timeout}]])
 				String	send expression
 remote_foreground({server})	Number	bring Vim server to the foreground
 remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}])
 				Number	check for reply string
-remote_read({serverid})		String	read reply string
+remote_read({serverid} [, {timeout}])
+				String	read reply string
 remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
 				String	send key sequence
 remote_startserver({name})	none	become server {name}
@@ -2363,7 +2364,7 @@ systemlist({expr} [, {input}])	List	output of shell command/filter {expr}
 tabpagebuflist([{arg}])		List	list of buffer numbers in tab page
 tabpagenr([{arg}])		Number	number of current or last tab page
 tabpagewinnr({tabarg}[, {arg}]) Number	number of current window in tab page
-taglist({expr})			List	list of tags matching {expr}
+taglist({expr}[, {filename}])	List	list of tags matching {expr}
 tagfiles()			List	tags files used
 tan({expr})			Float	tangent of {expr}
 tanh({expr})			Float	hyperbolic tangent of {expr}
@@ -3372,6 +3373,7 @@ did_filetype()	Returns |TRUE| when autocommands are being executed and the
 		FileType event has been triggered at least once.  Can be used
 		to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts
 		that detect the file type. |FileType|
+		Returns |FALSE| when `:setf FALLBACK` was used.
 		When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this
 		really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the
 		current buffer.  This allows an autocommand that starts
@@ -4378,12 +4380,14 @@ getcurpos()	Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
 		includes an extra item in the list:
 		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off, curswant] ~
 		The "curswant" number is the preferred column when moving the
-		cursor vertically.
+		cursor vertically.  Also see |getpos()|.
+
 		This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >
 			let save_cursor = getcurpos()
 			MoveTheCursorAround
 			call setpos('.', save_cursor)
-<
+<		Note that this only works within the window.  See
+		|winrestview()| for restoring more state.
 							*getcwd()*
 getcwd([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 		The result is a String, which is the name of the current
@@ -4581,17 +4585,25 @@ getqflist([{what}])					*getqflist()*
 		If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
 		returns only the items listed in {what} as a dictionary. The
 		following string items are supported in {what}:
+			context	get the context stored with |setqflist()|
+			items	quickfix list entries
 			nr	get information for this quickfix list; zero
-				means the current quickfix list
+				means the current quickfix list and '$' means
+				the last quickfix list
 			title	get the list title
 			winid	get the |window-ID| (if opened)
 			all	all of the above quickfix properties
 		Non-string items in {what} are ignored.
 		If "nr" is not present then the current quickfix list is used.
+		To get the number of lists in the quickfix stack, set 'nr' to
+		'$' in {what}. The 'nr' value in the returned dictionary
+		contains the quickfix stack size.
 		In case of error processing {what}, an empty dictionary is
 		returned.
 
 		The returned dictionary contains the following entries:
+			context	context information stored with |setqflist()|
+			items	quickfix list entries
 			nr	quickfix list number
 			title	quickfix list title text
 			winid	quickfix |window-ID| (if opened)
@@ -4681,13 +4693,16 @@ gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])		*gettabwinvar()*
 <
 							*getwinposx()*
 getwinposx()	The result is a Number, which is the X coordinate in pixels of
-		the left hand side of the GUI Vim window.  The result will be
-		-1 if the information is not available.
+		the left hand side of the GUI Vim window. Also works for an
+		xterm.
+		The result will be -1 if the information is not available.
+		The value can be used with `:winpos`.
 
 							*getwinposy()*
 getwinposy()	The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
-		the top of the GUI Vim window.  The result will be -1 if the
-		information is not available.
+		the top of the GUI Vim window.  Also works for an xterm.
+		The result will be -1 if the information is not available.
+		The value can be used with `:winpos`.
 
 getwininfo([{winid}])					*getwininfo()*
 		Returns information about windows as a List with Dictionaries.
@@ -5259,9 +5274,14 @@ job_stop({job} [, {how}])					*job_stop()*
 		0 if "how" is not supported on the system.
 		Note that even when the operation was executed, whether the
 		job was actually stopped needs to be checked with
-		job_status().
-		The status of the job isn't checked, the operation will even
-		be done when Vim thinks the job isn't running.
+		|job_status()|.
+
+		If the status of the job is "dead", the signal will not be
+		sent.  This is to avoid to stop the wrong job (esp. on Unix,
+		where process numbers are recycled).
+
+		When using "kill" Vim will assume the job will die and close
+		the channel.
 
 		{only available when compiled with the |+job| feature}
 
@@ -5303,13 +5323,29 @@ json_decode({string})					*json_decode()*
 		in Vim values.  See |json_encode()| for the relation between
 		JSON and Vim values.
 		The decoding is permissive:
-		- A trailing comma in an array and object is ignored.
+		- A trailing comma in an array and object is ignored, e.g.
+		  "[1, 2, ]" is the same as "[1, 2]".
 		- More floating point numbers are recognized, e.g. "1." for
-		  "1.0".
-		However, a duplicate key in an object is not allowed. *E938*
-		The result must be a valid Vim type:
-		- An empty object member name is not allowed.
-		- Duplicate object member names are not allowed.
+		  "1.0", or "001.2" for "1.2". Special floating point values
+		  "Infinity" and "NaN" (capitalization ignored) are accepted.
+		- Leading zeroes in integer numbers are ignored, e.g. "012"
+		  for "12" or "-012" for "-12".
+		- Capitalization is ignored in literal names null, true or
+		  false, e.g. "NULL" for "null", "True" for "true".
+		- Control characters U+0000 through U+001F which are not
+		  escaped in strings are accepted, e.g. "	" (tab
+		  character in string) for "\t".
+		- Backslash in an invalid 2-character sequence escape is
+		  ignored, e.g. "\a" is decoded as "a".
+		- A correct surrogate pair in JSON strings should normally be
+		  a 12 character sequence such as "\uD834\uDD1E", but
+		  json_decode() silently accepts truncated surrogate pairs
+		  such as "\uD834" or "\uD834\u"
+								*E938*
+		A duplicate key in an object, valid in rfc7159, is not
+		accepted by json_decode() as the result must be a valid Vim
+		type, e.g. this fails: {"a":"b", "a":"c"}
+
 
 json_encode({expr})					*json_encode()*
 		Encode {expr} as JSON and return this as a string.
@@ -5412,8 +5448,10 @@ line({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
 		    $	    the last line in the current buffer
 		    'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
 			    returned)
-		    w0	    first line visible in current window
-		    w$	    last line visible in current window
+		    w0	    first line visible in current window (one if the
+			    display isn't updated, e.g. in silent Ex mode)
+		    w$	    last line visible in current window (this is one
+			    less than "w0" if no lines are visible)
 		    v	    In Visual mode: the start of the Visual area (the
 			    cursor is the end).  When not in Visual mode
 			    returns the cursor position.  Differs from |'<| in
@@ -5429,7 +5467,10 @@ line({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
 <							*last-position-jump*
 		This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file
 		just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: >
-	:au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal! g`\"" | endif
+     :au BufReadPost *
+	 \ if line("'\"") > 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") && &ft !~# 'commit' 
+	 \ |   exe "normal! g`\""
+	 \ | endif
 
 line2byte({lnum})					*line2byte()*
 		Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
@@ -5851,7 +5892,7 @@ max({expr})	Return the maximum value of all items in {expr}.
 		it returns the maximum of all values in the dictionary.
 		If {expr} is neither a list nor a dictionary, or one of the
 		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
-                an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
+		an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
 
 							*min()*
 min({expr})	Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}.
@@ -5859,7 +5900,7 @@ min({expr})	Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}.
 		it returns the minimum of all values in the dictionary.
 		If {expr} is neither a list nor a dictionary, or one of the
 		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
-                an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
+		an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
 
 							*mkdir()* *E739*
 mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
@@ -6154,8 +6195,8 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 			zero the decimal point is omitted.  When the precision
 			is not specified 6 is used.  A really big number
 			(out of range or dividing by zero) results in "inf"
-                        or "-inf" with %f (INF or -INF with %F).
-                        "0.0 / 0.0" results in "nan" with %f (NAN with %F).
+			or "-inf" with %f (INF or -INF with %F).
+			"0.0 / 0.0" results in "nan" with %f (NAN with %F).
 			Example: >
 				echo printf("%.2f", 12.115)
 <				12.12
@@ -6320,15 +6361,17 @@ reltimestr({time})				*reltimestr()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+reltime| feature}
 
 							*remote_expr()* *E449*
-remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
+remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar} [, {timeout}]])
 		Send the {string} to {server}.  The string is sent as an
 		expression and the result is returned after evaluation.
 		The result must be a String or a |List|.  A |List| is turned
 		into a String by joining the items with a line break in
 		between (not at the end), like with join(expr, "\n").
-		If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
-		variable and a {serverid} for later use with
+		If {idvar} is present and not empty, it is taken as the name
+		of a variable and a {serverid} for later use with
 		remote_read() is stored there.
+		If {timeout} is given the read times out after this many
+		seconds.  Otherwise a timeout of 600 seconds is used.
 		See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
@@ -6367,9 +6410,10 @@ remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}])		*remote_peek()*
 			:let repl = ""
 			:echo "PEEK: ".remote_peek(id, "repl").": ".repl
 
-remote_read({serverid})				*remote_read()*
+remote_read({serverid}, [{timeout}])			*remote_read()*
 		Return the oldest available reply from {serverid} and consume
-		it.  It blocks until a reply is available.
+		it.  Unless a {timeout} in seconds is given, it blocks until a
+		reply is available.
 		See also |clientserver|.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
@@ -6918,6 +6962,7 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action}[, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 		    nr		error number
 		    text	description of the error
 		    type	single-character error type, 'E', 'W', etc.
+		    valid	recognized error message
 
 		The "col", "vcol", "nr", "type" and "text" entries are
 		optional.  Either "lnum" or "pattern" entry can be used to
@@ -6927,21 +6972,26 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action}[, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 		item will not be handled as an error line.
 		If both "pattern" and "lnum" are present then "pattern" will
 		be used.
+		If the "valid" entry is not supplied, then the valid flag is
+		set when "bufnr" is a valid buffer or "filename" exists.
 		If you supply an empty {list}, the quickfix list will be
 		cleared.
 		Note that the list is not exactly the same as what
 		|getqflist()| returns.
 
-							*E927*
-		If {action} is set to 'a', then the items from {list} are
-		added to the existing quickfix list. If there is no existing
-		list, then a new list is created.
+		{action} values:				*E927*
+		'a'	The items from {list} are added to the existing
+			quickfix list. If there is no existing list, then a
+			new list is created.
 		
-		If {action} is set to 'r', then the items from the current
-		quickfix list are replaced with the items from {list}.  This
-		can also be used to clear the list: >
-			:call setqflist([], 'r')
+		'r'	The items from the current quickfix list are replaced
+			with the items from {list}.  This can also be used to
+			clear the list: >
+				:call setqflist([], 'r')
 <	
+		'f'	All the quickfix lists in the quickfix stack are
+			freed.
+
 		If {action} is not present or is set to ' ', then a new list
 		is created.
 
@@ -6949,7 +6999,12 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action}[, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 		only the items listed in {what} are set. The first {list}
 		argument is ignored.  The following items can be specified in
 		{what}:
-		    nr		list number in the quickfix stack
+		    context	any Vim type can be stored as a context
+		    items	list of quickfix entries. Same as the {list}
+				argument.
+		    nr		list number in the quickfix stack; zero
+				means the current quickfix list and '$' means
+				the last quickfix list
 		    title	quickfix list title text
 		Unsupported keys in {what} are ignored.
 		If the "nr" item is not present, then the current quickfix list
@@ -6963,7 +7018,7 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action}[, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 
 		This function can be used to create a quickfix list
 		independent of the 'errorformat' setting.  Use a command like
-		":cc 1" to jump to the first position.
+		`:cc 1` to jump to the first position.
 
 
 							*setreg()*
@@ -7053,18 +7108,22 @@ shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		quotes within {string}.
 		Otherwise it will enclose {string} in single quotes and
 		replace all "'" with "'\''".
+
 		When the {special} argument is present and it's a non-zero
 		Number or a non-empty String (|non-zero-arg|), then special
 		items such as "!", "%", "#" and "<cword>" will be preceded by
 		a backslash.  This backslash will be removed again by the |:!|
 		command.
+
 		The "!" character will be escaped (again with a |non-zero-arg|
 		{special}) when 'shell' contains "csh" in the tail.  That is
 		because for csh and tcsh "!" is used for history replacement
 		even when inside single quotes.
-		The <NL> character is also escaped.  With a |non-zero-arg|
-		{special} and 'shell' containing "csh" in the tail it's
+
+		With a |non-zero-arg| {special} the <NL> character is also
+		escaped.  When 'shell' containing "csh" in the tail it's
 		escaped a second time.
+
 		Example of use with a |:!| command: >
 		    :exe '!dir ' . shellescape(expand('<cfile>'), 1)
 <		This results in a directory listing for the file under the
@@ -7596,17 +7655,29 @@ synIDtrans({synID})					*synIDtrans()*
 		":highlight link" are followed.
 
 synconcealed({lnum}, {col})				*synconcealed()*
-		The result is a List. The first item in the list is 0 if the
-		character at the position {lnum} and {col} is not part of a
-		concealable region, 1 if it is. The second item in the list is
-		a string. If the first item is 1, the second item contains the
-		text which will be displayed in place of the concealed text,
-		depending on the current setting of 'conceallevel'. The third
-		and final item in the list is a unique number representing the
-		specific syntax region matched. This allows detection of the
-		beginning of a new concealable region if there are two
-		consecutive regions with the same replacement character.
-		For an example use see $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/2html.vim .
+		The result is a List with currently three items:
+		1. The first item in the list is 0 if the character at the
+		   position {lnum} and {col} is not part of a concealable
+		   region, 1 if it is.
+		2. The second item in the list is a string. If the first item
+		   is 1, the second item contains the text which will be
+		   displayed in place of the concealed text, depending on the
+		   current setting of 'conceallevel' and 'listchars'.
+		3. The third and final item in the list is a number
+		   representing the specific syntax region matched in the
+		   line. When the character is not concealed the value is
+		   zero. This allows detection of the beginning of a new
+		   concealable region if there are two consecutive regions
+		   with the same replacement character.  For an example, if
+		   the text is "123456" and both "23" and "45" are concealed
+		   and replace by the character "X", then:
+			call			returns ~
+		   	synconcealed(lnum, 1)   [0, '', 0]
+		   	synconcealed(lnum, 2)   [1, 'X', 1]
+		   	synconcealed(lnum, 3)   [1, 'X', 1]
+		   	synconcealed(lnum, 4)   [1, 'X', 2]
+		   	synconcealed(lnum, 5)   [1, 'X', 2]
+		   	synconcealed(lnum, 6)   [0, '', 0]
 
 
 synstack({lnum}, {col})					*synstack()*
@@ -7738,8 +7809,13 @@ tagfiles()	Returns a |List| with the file names used to search for tags
 		for the current buffer.  This is the 'tags' option expanded.
 
 
-taglist({expr})							*taglist()*
+taglist({expr}[, {filename}])				*taglist()*
 		Returns a list of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.
+
+		If {filename} is passed it is used to prioritize the results
+		in the same way that |:tselect| does. See |tag-priority|.
+		{filename} should be the full path of the file.
+
 		Each list item is a dictionary with at least the following
 		entries:
 			name		Name of the tag.
@@ -7866,8 +7942,19 @@ test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 		name	     effect when {val} is non-zero ~
 		redraw       disable the redrawing() function
 		char_avail   disable the char_avail() function
+		starting     reset the "starting" variable, see below
 		ALL	     clear all overrides ({val} is not used)
 
+		"starting" is to be used when a test should behave like
+		startup was done.  Since the tests are run by sourcing a
+		script the "starting" variable is non-zero. This is usually a
+		good thing (tests run faster), but sometimes changes behavior
+		in a way that the test doesn't work properly.
+		When using: >
+			call test_override('starting', 1)
+< 		The value of "starting" is saved.  It is restored by: >
+			call test_override('starting', 0)
+
 test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
 		Set the time Vim uses internally.  Currently only used for
 		timestamps in the history, as they are used in viminfo, and
@@ -8288,8 +8375,8 @@ winwidth({nr})						*winwidth()*
   :if winwidth(0) <= 50
   :  exe "normal 50\<C-W>|"
   :endif
-<               For getting the terminal or screen size, see the 'columns'
-               option.
+<		For getting the terminal or screen size, see the 'columns'
+		option.
 
 
 wordcount()						*wordcount()*
@@ -8307,11 +8394,11 @@ wordcount()						*wordcount()*
 			cursor_words    Number of words before cursor position
 					(not in Visual mode)
 			visual_bytes    Number of bytes visually selected
-			                (only in Visual mode)
+					(only in Visual mode)
 			visual_chars    Number of chars visually selected
-			                (only in Visual mode)
+					(only in Visual mode)
 			visual_words    Number of chars visually selected
-			                (only in Visual mode)
+					(only in Visual mode)
 
 
 							*writefile()*
@@ -8458,9 +8545,9 @@ listcmds		Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
 			and the argument list |arglist|.
 localmap		Compiled with local mappings and abbr. |:map-local|
 lua			Compiled with Lua interface |Lua|.
-mac			Any Macintosh version of Vim.
-macunix			Compiled for OS X, with darwin
-osx			Compiled for OS X, with or without darwin
+mac			Any Macintosh version of Vim, but not all OS X.
+macunix			Compiled for OS X, with |mac-darwin-feature|
+osx			Compiled for OS X, with or w/o |mac-darwin-feature|
 menu			Compiled with support for |:menu|.
 mksession		Compiled with support for |:mksession|.
 modify_fname		Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers|
@@ -8655,6 +8742,9 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			not used an error message is given.  When [!] is used,
 			an existing function is silently replaced.  Unless it
 			is currently being executed, that is an error.
+			NOTE: Use ! wisely.  If used without care it can cause
+			an existing function to be replaced unexpectedly,
+			which is hard to debug.
 
 			For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.
 
@@ -8704,18 +8794,36 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			implies that the effect of |:nohlsearch| is undone
 			when the function returns.
 
-					*:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193*
-:endf[unction]		The end of a function definition.  Must be on a line
-			by its own, without other commands.
+				*:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193* *W22*
+:endf[unction] [argument]
+			The end of a function definition.  Best is to put it
+			on a line by its own, without [argument].
 
+			[argument] can be:
+				| command	command to execute next
+				\n command	command to execute next
+				" comment	always ignored
+				anything else	ignored, warning given when
+						'verbose' is non-zero
+			The support for a following command was added in Vim
+			8.0.0654, before that any argument was silently
+			ignored.
+
+			To be able to define a function inside an `:execute`
+			command, use line breaks instead of |:bar|: >
+				:exe "func Foo()\necho 'foo'\nendfunc"
+<
 				*:delf* *:delfunction* *E130* *E131* *E933*
-:delf[unction] {name}	Delete function {name}.
+:delf[unction][!] {name}
+			Delete function {name}.
 			{name} can also be a |Dictionary| entry that is a
 			|Funcref|: >
 				:delfunc dict.init
 <			This will remove the "init" entry from "dict".  The
 			function is deleted if there are no more references to
 			it.
+			With the ! there is no error if the function does not
+			exist.
 							*:retu* *:return* *E133*
 :retu[rn] [expr]	Return from a function.  When "[expr]" is given, it is
 			evaluated and returned as the result of the function.
@@ -10635,6 +10743,17 @@ missing: >
 	:  echo "You will _never_ see this message"
 	:endif
 
+To execute a command only when the |+eval| feature is disabled requires a trick,
+as this example shows: >
+
+	silent! while 0
+	  set history=111
+	silent! endwhile
+
+When the |+eval| feature is available the command is skipped because of the
+"while 0".  Without the |+eval| feature the "while 0" is an error, which is
+silently ignored, and the command is executed.
+
 ==============================================================================
 11. The sandbox					*eval-sandbox* *sandbox* *E48*
 

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jan 04
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -353,12 +353,12 @@ define yourself.  There are a few ways to avoid this:
    You need to define your own mapping before the plugin is loaded (before
    editing a file of that type).  The plugin will then skip installing the
    default mapping.
-
+						*no_mail_maps*
 3. Disable defining mappings for a specific filetype by setting a variable,
    which contains the name of the filetype.  For the "mail" filetype this
    would be: >
 	:let no_mail_maps = 1
-
+<						*no_plugin_maps*
 4. Disable defining mappings for all filetypes by setting a variable: >
 	:let no_plugin_maps = 1
 <
@@ -663,6 +663,12 @@ Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
 file: |pi_spec.txt|.
 
 
+RUST							*ft-rust*
+
+Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
+file: |ft_rust.txt|.
+
+
 SQL							*ft-sql*
 
 Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Jan 02
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ This will call a function to compute the fold level: >
 	:set foldexpr=MyFoldLevel(v:lnum)
 This will make a fold out of paragraphs separated by blank lines: >
 	:set foldexpr=getline(v:lnum)=~'^\\s*$'&&getline(v:lnum+1)=~'\\S'?'<1':1
-this does the same: >
+This does the same: >
 	:set foldexpr=getline(v:lnum-1)=~'^\\s*$'&&getline(v:lnum)=~'\\S'?'>1':1
 
 Note that backslashes must be used to escape characters that ":set" handles
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ and the level given by the marker:
 1. If a marker with the same fold level is encountered, the previous fold
    ends and another fold with the same level starts.
 2. If a marker with a higher fold level is found, a nested fold is started.
-3. if a marker with a lower fold level is found, all folds up to and including
+3. If a marker with a lower fold level is found, all folds up to and including
    this level end and a fold with the specified level starts.
 
 The number indicates the fold level.  A zero cannot be used (a marker with

runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt

@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ NOTE: "gnat xref -v" is very tricky to use as it has almost no diagnostic
     then "gnat xref -v *.ad?"
 4)  Project manager support is completely broken - don't even try "gnat xref
     -Padacl.gpr".
-5)  VIM is faster when the tags file is sorted - use "sort --unique
+5)  Vim is faster when the tags file is sorted - use "sort --unique
     --ignore-case --output=tags tags" .
 6)  Remember to insert "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED 2 %sort ui" as first line to mark
     the file assorted.

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+*ft_rust.txt*      Filetype plugin for Rust
+
+==============================================================================
+CONTENTS                                                      *rust*
+
+1. Introduction                                                   |rust-intro|
+2. Settings                                                    |rust-settings|
+3. Commands                                                    |rust-commands|
+4. Mappings                                                    |rust-mappings|
+
+==============================================================================
+INTRODUCTION                                                      *rust-intro*
+
+This plugin provides syntax and supporting functionality for the Rust
+filetype.
+
+==============================================================================
+SETTINGS                                                       *rust-settings*
+
+This plugin has a few variables you can define in your vimrc that change the
+behavior of the plugin.
+
+                                                                *g:rustc_path*
+g:rustc_path~
+	Set this option to the path to rustc for use in the |:RustRun| and
+	|:RustExpand| commands. If unset, "rustc" will be located in $PATH: >
+	    let g:rustc_path = $HOME."/bin/rustc"
+<
+
+                                                  *g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
+g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent~
+	Set this option to 1 to have 'makeprg' default to "rustc" instead of
+	"rustc %": >
+	    let g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent = 1
+<
+
+                                                              *g:rust_conceal*
+g:rust_conceal~
+	Set this option to turn on the basic |conceal| support: >
+	    let g:rust_conceal = 1
+<
+
+                                                     *g:rust_conceal_mod_path*
+g:rust_conceal_mod_path~
+	Set this option to turn on |conceal| for the path connecting token
+	"::": >
+	    let g:rust_conceal_mod_path = 1
+<
+
+                                                          *g:rust_conceal_pub*
+g:rust_conceal_pub~
+	Set this option to turn on |conceal| for the "pub" token: >
+	    let g:rust_conceal_pub = 1
+<
+
+                                                     *g:rust_recommended_style*
+g:rust_recommended_style~
+        Set this option to enable vim indentation and textwidth settings to
+        conform to style conventions of the rust standard library (i.e. use 4
+        spaces for indents and sets 'textwidth' to 99). This option is enabled
+	by default. To disable it: >
+	    let g:rust_recommended_style = 0
+<
+
+                                                                 *g:rust_fold*
+g:rust_fold~
+	Set this option to turn on |folding|: >
+	    let g:rust_fold = 1
+<
+	Value		Effect ~
+	0		No folding
+	1		Braced blocks are folded. All folds are open by
+			default.
+	2		Braced blocks are folded. 'foldlevel' is left at the
+			global value (all folds are closed by default).
+
+                                                  *g:rust_bang_comment_leader*
+g:rust_bang_comment_leader~
+	Set this option to 1 to preserve the leader on multi-line doc comments
+	using the /*! syntax: >
+	    let g:rust_bang_comment_leader = 1
+<
+
+                                                 *g:ftplugin_rust_source_path*
+g:ftplugin_rust_source_path~
+	Set this option to a path that should be prepended to 'path' for Rust
+	source files: >
+	    let g:ftplugin_rust_source_path = $HOME.'/dev/rust'
+<
+
+                                                       *g:rustfmt_command*
+g:rustfmt_command~
+	Set this option to the name of the 'rustfmt' executable in your $PATH. If
+	not specified it defaults to 'rustfmt' : >
+	    let g:rustfmt_command = 'rustfmt'
+<
+                                                       *g:rustfmt_autosave*
+g:rustfmt_autosave~
+	Set this option to 1 to run |:RustFmt| automatically when saving a
+	buffer. If not specified it defaults to 0 : >
+	    let g:rustfmt_autosave = 0
+<
+                                                       *g:rustfmt_fail_silently*
+g:rustfmt_fail_silently~
+	Set this option to 1 to prevent 'rustfmt' from populating the
+	|location-list| with errors. If not specified it defaults to 0: >
+	    let g:rustfmt_fail_silently = 0
+<
+                                                       *g:rustfmt_options*
+g:rustfmt_options~
+	Set this option to a string of options to pass to 'rustfmt'. The
+	write-mode is already set to 'overwrite'. If not specified it
+	defaults to '' : >
+	    let g:rustfmt_options = ''
+<
+
+                                                          *g:rust_playpen_url*
+g:rust_playpen_url~
+	Set this option to override the url for the playpen to use: >
+	    let g:rust_playpen_url = 'https://play.rust-lang.org/'
+<
+
+                                                        *g:rust_shortener_url*
+g:rust_shortener_url~
+	Set this option to override the url for the url shortener: >
+	    let g:rust_shortener_url = 'https://is.gd/'
+<
+
+
+==============================================================================
+COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
+
+:RustRun  [args]                                                    *:RustRun*
+:RustRun! [rustc-args] [--] [args]
+		Compiles and runs the current file. If it has unsaved changes,
+		it will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is
+		an unnamed buffer, it will be written to a temporary file
+		first. The compiled binary is always placed in a temporary
+		directory, but is run from the current directory.
+
+		The arguments given to |:RustRun| will be passed to the
+		compiled binary.
+
+		If ! is specified, the arguments are passed to rustc instead.
+		A "--" argument will separate the rustc arguments from the
+		arguments passed to the binary.
+
+		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
+		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
+
+:RustExpand  [args]                                              *:RustExpand*
+:RustExpand! [TYPE] [args]
+		Expands the current file using --pretty and displays the
+		results in a new split. If the current file has unsaved
+		changes, it will be saved first using |:update|. If the
+		current file is an unnamed buffer, it will be written to a
+		temporary file first.
+
+		The arguments given to |:RustExpand| will be passed to rustc.
+		This is largely intended for specifying various --cfg
+		configurations.
+
+		If ! is specified, the first argument is the expansion type to
+		pass to rustc --pretty. Otherwise it will default to
+		"expanded".
+
+		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
+		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
+
+:RustEmitIr [args]                                               *:RustEmitIr*
+		Compiles the current file to LLVM IR and displays the results
+		in a new split. If the current file has unsaved changes, it
+		will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is an
+		unnamed buffer, it will be written to a temporary file first.
+
+		The arguments given to |:RustEmitIr| will be passed to rustc.
+
+		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
+		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
+
+:RustEmitAsm [args]                                             *:RustEmitAsm*
+		Compiles the current file to assembly and displays the results
+		in a new split. If the current file has unsaved changes, it
+		will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is an
+		unnamed buffer, it will be written to a temporary file first.
+
+		The arguments given to |:RustEmitAsm| will be passed to rustc.
+
+		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
+		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
+
+:RustPlay                                                          *:RustPlay*
+		This command will only work if you have web-api.vim installed
+		(available at https://github.com/mattn/webapi-vim).  It sends the
+		current selection, or if nothing is selected, the entirety of the
+		current buffer to the Rust playpen, and emits a message with the
+		shortened URL to the playpen.
+
+		|g:rust_playpen_url| is the base URL to the playpen, by default
+		"https://play.rust-lang.org/".
+
+		|g:rust_shortener_url| is the base url for the shorterner, by
+		default "https://is.gd/"
+
+:RustFmt                                                       *:RustFmt*
+		Runs |g:rustfmt_command| on the current buffer. If
+		|g:rustfmt_options| is set then those will be passed to the
+		executable.
+
+		If |g:rustfmt_fail_silently| is 0 (the default) then it
+		will populate the |location-list| with the errors from
+		|g:rustfmt_command|. If |g:rustfmt_fail_silently| is set to 1
+		then it will not populate the |location-list|.
+
+:RustFmtRange                                                  *:RustFmtRange*
+		Runs |g:rustfmt_command| with selected range. See
+		|:RustFmt| for any other information.
+
+==============================================================================
+MAPPINGS                                                       *rust-mappings*
+
+This plugin defines mappings for |[[| and |]]| to support hanging indents.
+
+It also has a few other mappings:
+
+							*rust_<D-r>*
+<D-r>			Executes |:RustRun| with no arguments.
+			Note: This binding is only available in MacVim.
+
+							*rust_<D-R>*
+<D-R>			Populates the command line with |:RustRun|! using the
+			arguments given to the last invocation, but does not
+			execute it.
+			Note: This binding is only available in MacVim.
+
+==============================================================================
+ vim:tw=78:sw=4:noet:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/hangulin.txt

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 Introduction					*hangul*
 ------------
-It is to input hangul, the Korean language, with VIM GUI version.
+It is to input hangul, the Korean language, with Vim GUI version.
 If you have a XIM program, you can use another |+xim| feature.
 Basically, it is for anybody who has no XIM program.
 
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ You should set LANG variable to Korean locale such as ko, ko_KR.eucKR
 or ko_KR.UTF-8.
 If you set LC_ALL variable, it should be set to Korean locale also.
 
-VIM resource
+Vim resource
 ------------
 You may want to set 'encoding' and 'fileencodings'.
 Next are examples: >
@@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ If both are set, VIM_KEYBOARD has higher priority.
 
 Hangul Fonts
 ------------
-If you use GTK version of GVIM, you should set 'guifont' and 'guifontwide'.
+If you use GTK version of gvim, you should set 'guifont' and 'guifontwide'.
 For example: >
     set guifont=Courier\ 12
     set guifontwide=NanumGothicCoding\ 12
 
-If you use Motif or Athena version of GVIM, you should set 'guifontset' in
+If you use Motif or Athena version of gvim, you should set 'guifontset' in
 your vimrc.  You can set fontset in the .Xdefaults file.
 
 $HOME/.gvimrc: >
@@ -77,11 +77,11 @@ $HOME/.Xdefaults: >
 
 attention! the , (comma) or ; (semicolon)
 
-And there should be no ':set guifont'.  If it exists, then Gvim ignores
-':set guifontset'.  It means VIM runs without fontset supporting.
+And there should be no ':set guifont'.  If it exists, then gvim ignores
+':set guifontset'.  It means Vim runs without fontset supporting.
 So, you can see only English.  Hangul does not be correctly displayed.
 
-After "fontset" feature is enabled, VIM does not allow using english
+After "fontset" feature is enabled, Vim does not allow using english
 font only in "font" setting for syntax.
 For example, if you use >
    :set guifontset=eng_font,your_font
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ We don't support Johab font.
 We don't support Hanja input.
 And We don't have any plan to support them.
 
-If you really need such features, you can use console version of VIM with a
+If you really need such features, you can use console version of Vim with a
 capable terminal emulator.
 
 Bug or Comment

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		    help entries for "word".
 		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|
 
-VIM stands for Vi IMproved.  Most of VIM was made by Bram Moolenaar, but only
+Vim stands for Vi IMproved.  Most of Vim was made by Bram Moolenaar, but only
 through the help of many others.  See |credits|.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 						*doc-file-list* *Q_ct*

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Feb 09
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -142,7 +142,8 @@ Help on help files					*helphelp*
 			already opened, then the location list for that window
 			is used.  Otherwise, a new help window is opened and
 			the location list for that window is set.  The
-			location list for the current window is not changed.
+			location list for the current window is not changed
+			then.
 
 							*:exu* *:exusage*
 :exu[sage]		Show help on Ex commands.  Added to simulate the Nvi

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ instance), code similar to the following should be used:
 	$vim = new Win32::OLE 'Vim.Application';
 
 [C#] >
-        // Add a reference to VIM in your project. 
+        // Add a reference to Vim in your project. 
         // Choose the COM tab.
-        // Select "VIM Ole Interface 1.1 Type Library"
+        // Select "Vim Ole Interface 1.1 Type Library"
 	Vim.Vim vimobj = new Vim.Vim();
 
 Vim does not support acting as a "hidden" OLE server, like some other OLE

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 Perl and Vim				*perl* *Perl*
 
 1. Editing Perl files			|perl-editing|
-2. Compiling VIM with Perl interface	|perl-compiling|
+2. Compiling Vim with Perl interface	|perl-compiling|
 3. Using the Perl interface		|perl-using|
 4. Dynamic loading			|perl-dynamic|
 
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Vim in the $VIMRUNTIME/tools directory.  This script has currently more
 features than Exuberant ctags' Perl support.
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. Compiling VIM with Perl interface			*perl-compiling*
+2. Compiling Vim with Perl interface			*perl-compiling*
 
 To compile Vim with Perl interface, you need Perl 5.004 (or later).  Perl must
 be installed before you compile Vim.  Vim's Perl interface does NOT work with

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Feb 23
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Apr 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -309,10 +309,10 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |B|		B		1  cursor N WORDS backward
 |C|		["x]C		2  change from the cursor position to the end
 				   of the line, and N-1 more lines [into
-				   buffer x]; synonym for "c$"
+				   register x]; synonym for "c$"
 |D|		["x]D		2  delete the characters under the cursor
 				   until the end of the line and N-1 more
-				   lines [into buffer x]; synonym for "d$"
+				   lines [into register x]; synonym for "d$"
 |E|		E		1  cursor forward to the end of WORD N
 |F|		F{char}		1  cursor to the Nth occurrence of {char} to
 				   the left
@@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   opposite direction
 |O|		O		2  begin a new line above the cursor and
 				   insert text, repeat N times
-|P|		["x]P		2  put the text [from buffer x] before the
+|P|		["x]P		2  put the text [from register x] before the
 				   cursor N times
 |Q|		Q		   switch to "Ex" mode
 |R|		R		2  enter replace mode: overtype existing
 				   characters, repeat the entered text N-1
 				   times
-|S|		["x]S		2  delete N lines [into buffer x] and start
+|S|		["x]S		2  delete N lines [into register x] and start
 				   insert; synonym for "cc".
 |T|		T{char}		1  cursor till after Nth occurrence of {char}
 				   to the left
@@ -343,8 +343,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |V|		V		   start linewise Visual mode
 |W|		W		1  cursor N WORDS forward
 |X|		["x]X		2  delete N characters before the cursor [into
-				   buffer x]
-|Y|		["x]Y		   yank N lines [into buffer x]; synonym for
+				   register x]
+|Y|		["x]Y		   yank N lines [into register x]; synonym for
 				   "yy"
 |ZZ|		ZZ		   store current file if modified, and exit
 |ZQ|		ZQ		   exit current file always
@@ -367,12 +367,12 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |`}|		`}		1  cursor to the end of the current paragraph
 |a|		a		2  append text after the cursor N times
 |b|		b		1  cursor N words backward
-|c|		["x]c{motion}	2  delete Nmove text [into buffer x] and start
+|c|		["x]c{motion}	2  delete Nmove text [into register x] and
+				   start insert
+|cc|		["x]cc		2  delete N lines [into register x] and start
 				   insert
-|cc|		["x]cc		2  delete N lines [into buffer x] and start
-				   insert
-|d|		["x]d{motion}	2  delete Nmove text [into buffer x]
-|dd|		["x]dd		2  delete N lines [into buffer x]
+|d|		["x]d{motion}	2  delete Nmove text [into register x]
+|dd|		["x]dd		2  delete N lines [into register x]
 |do|		do		2  same as ":diffget"
 |dp|		dp		2  same as ":diffput"
 |e|		e		1  cursor forward to the end of word N
@@ -398,16 +398,16 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |q?|		q?		   edit ? command-line in command-line window
 |r|		r{char}		2  replace N chars with {char}
 |s|		["x]s		2  (substitute) delete N characters [into
-				   buffer x] and start insert
+				   register x] and start insert
 |t|		t{char}		1  cursor till before Nth occurrence of {char}
 				   to the right
 |u|		u		2  undo changes
 |v|		v		   start characterwise Visual mode
 |w|		w		1  cursor N words forward
 |x|		["x]x		2  delete N characters under and after the
-				   cursor [into buffer x]
-|y|		["x]y{motion}	   yank Nmove text [into buffer x]
-|yy|		["x]yy		   yank N lines [into buffer x]
+				   cursor [into register x]
+|y|		["x]y{motion}	   yank Nmove text [into register x]
+|yy|		["x]yy		   yank N lines [into register x]
 |z|		z{char}		   commands starting with 'z', see |z| below
 |{|		{		1  cursor N paragraphs backward
 |bar|		|		1  cursor to column N

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Jan 31
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 May 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -159,7 +159,8 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and don't
 		auto-indent.  Does the same as pasting with the mouse
-		|<MiddleMouse>|.
+		|<MiddleMouse>|. When the register is linewise this will
+		insert the text above the current line, like with `P`.
 		Does not replace characters!
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.  {not in Vi}
@@ -633,13 +634,13 @@ Completion can be done for:
 10. User defined completion				|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|
 11. omni completion					|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|
 12. Spelling suggestions				|i_CTRL-X_s|
-13. keywords in 'complete'				|i_CTRL-N|
+13. keywords in 'complete'				|i_CTRL-N| |i_CTRL-P|
 
-All these (except 2) are done in CTRL-X mode.  This is a sub-mode of Insert
-and Replace modes.  You enter CTRL-X mode by typing CTRL-X and one of the
-CTRL-X commands.  You exit CTRL-X mode by typing a key that is not a valid
-CTRL-X mode command.  Valid keys are the CTRL-X command itself, CTRL-N (next),
-and CTRL-P (previous).
+All these, except CTRL-N and CTRL-P, are done in CTRL-X mode.  This is a
+sub-mode of Insert and Replace modes.  You enter CTRL-X mode by typing CTRL-X
+and one of the CTRL-X commands.  You exit CTRL-X mode by typing a key that is
+not a valid CTRL-X mode command.  Valid keys are the CTRL-X command itself,
+CTRL-N (next), and CTRL-P (previous).
 
 Also see the 'infercase' option if you want to adjust the case of the match.
 

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ The Vim pages contain the most recent information about Vim.  They also
 contain links to the most recent version of Vim.  The FAQ is a list of
 Frequently Asked Questions.  Read this if you have problems.
 
-	VIM home page:	  http://www.vim.org/
-	VIM FAQ:	  http://vimdoc.sf.net/
+	Vim home page:	  http://www.vim.org/
+	Vim FAQ:	  http://vimdoc.sf.net/
 	Downloading:	  ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/MIRRORS
 
 

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 10
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 May 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ that starts with ",".  Then you need to type another character for Vim to know
 whether to use the "," mapping or the longer one.  To avoid this add the
 <nowait> argument.  Then the mapping will be used when it matches, Vim does
 not wait for more characters to be typed.  However, if the characters were
-already type they are used.
+already typed they are used.
 
 						*:map-<silent>* *:map-silent*
 To define a mapping which will not be echoed on the command line, add
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ Bear in mind that convert-meta has been reported to have troubles when used in
 UTF-8 locales.  On terminals like xterm, the "metaSendsEscape" resource can be
 toggled on the fly through the "Main Options" menu, by pressing Ctrl-LeftClick
 on the terminal; that's a good last resource in case you want to send ESC when
-using other applications but not when inside VIM.
+using other applications but not when inside Vim.
 
 
 1.11 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jan 02
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -768,6 +768,13 @@ Example: >
 You tried to execute a command that is neither an Ex command nor
 a user-defined command.
 
+							*E943*  >
+  Command table needs to be updated, run 'make cmdidxs'
+
+This can only happen when changing the source code, when adding a command in
+src/ex_cmds.h.  The lookup table then needs to be updated, by running: >
+	make cmdidxs
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Messages						*messages*
 

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ In case you do not want the NetBeans interface you can disable it by
 uncommenting a line with "--disable-netbeans" in the Makefile.
 
 Currently the NetBeans interface is supported by Vim running in a terminal and
-by GVim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows,
+by gvim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows,
 Athena and Motif.
 
 If Motif support is required the user must supply XPM libraries.  See
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ to "Vim".  In the Expert tab make sure the "Vim Command" is correct.
 You should be careful if you change the "Vim Command".  There are command
 line options there which must be there for the connection to be properly
 set up.  You can change the command name but that's about it.  If your gvim
-can be found by your $PATH then the VIM Command can start with "gvim".  If
+can be found by your $PATH then the Vim Command can start with "gvim".  If
 you don't want gvim searched from your $PATH then hard code in the full
 Unix path name.  At this point you should get a gvim for any source file
 you open in NetBeans.

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 09
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ Note: In the future more global options can be made global-local.  Using
 
 Setting the filetype
 
-:setf[iletype] {filetype}			*:setf* *:setfiletype*
+:setf[iletype] [FALLBACK] {filetype}			*:setf* *:setfiletype*
 			Set the 'filetype' option to {filetype}, but only if
 			not done yet in a sequence of (nested) autocommands.
 			This is short for: >
@@ -380,6 +380,13 @@ Setting the filetype
 <			This command is used in a filetype.vim file to avoid
 			setting the 'filetype' option twice, causing different
 			settings and syntax files to be loaded.
+
+			When the optional FALLBACK argument is present, a
+			later :setfiletype command will override the
+			'filetype'.  This is to used for filetype detections
+			that are just a guess.  |did_filetype()| will return
+			false after this command.
+
 			{not in Vi}
 
 				*option-window* *optwin*
@@ -862,6 +869,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	Vim will guess the value.  In the GUI this should work correctly,
 	in other cases Vim might not be able to guess the right value.
 
+	When the t_BG option is set, Vim will use it to request the background
+	color from the terminal.  If the returned RGB value is dark/light and
+	'background' is not dark/light, 'background' will be set and the
+	screen is redrawn.  This may have side effects, make t_BG empty in
+	your .vimrc if you suspect this problem.
+
 	When starting the GUI, the default value for 'background' will be
 	"light".  When the value is not set in the .gvimrc, and Vim detects
 	that the background is actually quite dark, 'background' is set to
@@ -2700,7 +2713,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Makes the 'g' and 'c' flags of the ":substitute" command to be
 	toggled each time the flag is given.  See |complex-change|.  See
 	also 'gdefault' option.
-	Switching this option on is discouraged!
+	Switching this option on may break plugins!
 
 					*'emoji'* *'emo'* *'noemoji'* *'noemo'*
 'emoji' 'emo'	boolean (default: on)
@@ -3509,6 +3522,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:s///gg		  subst. all	  subst. one
 
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
+	DEPRECATED: Setting this option may break plugins that are not aware
+	of this option.  Also, many users get confused that adding the /g flag
+	has the opposite effect of that it normally does.
 
 						*'grepformat'* *'gfm'*
 'grepformat' 'gfm'	string	(default "%f:%l:%m,%f:%l%m,%f  %l%m")
@@ -4024,7 +4040,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     D:DiffDelete,T:DiffText,>:SignColumn,
 				     B:SpellBad,P:SpellCap,R:SpellRare,
 				     L:SpellLocal,-:Conceal,+:Pmenu,=:PmenuSel,
-				     x:PmenuSbar,X:PmenuThumb")
+				     x:PmenuSbar,X:PmenuThumb,*:TabLine,
+				     #:TabLineSel,_:TabLineFill,!:CursorColumn,
+				     .:CursorLine,o:ColorColumn,q:QuickFixLine")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	This option can be used to set highlighting mode for various
@@ -5927,10 +5945,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{only available when compiled with the |+reltime|
 			feature}
 	The time in milliseconds for redrawing the display.  This applies to
-	searching for patterns for 'hlsearch' and |:match| highlighting.
+	searching for patterns for 'hlsearch', |:match| highlighting an syntax
+	highlighting.
 	When redrawing takes more than this many milliseconds no further
-	matches will be highlighted.  This is used to avoid that Vim hangs
-	when using a very complicated pattern.
+	matches will be highlighted.
+	For syntax highlighting the time applies per window.  When over the
+	limit syntax highlighting is disabled until |CTRL-L| is used.
+	This is used to avoid that Vim hangs when using a very complicated
+	pattern.
 
 						*'regexpengine'* *'re'*
 'regexpengine' 're'	number	(default 0)
@@ -6489,8 +6511,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
 	"bash.exe -c ls" or "command.com /c dir".  For the MS-DOS-like
 	systems, the default is set according to the value of 'shell', to
-	reduce the need to set this option by the user.  It's not used for
-	OS/2 (EMX figures this out itself).
+	reduce the need to set this option by the user.
 	On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
 	part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
@@ -7730,6 +7751,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	compatible terminal.
 	If setting this option does not work (produces a colorless UI)
 	reading |xterm-true-color| might help.
+	Note that the "cterm" attributes are still used, not the "gui" ones.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'terse'* *'noterse'*
@@ -7806,7 +7828,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'timeout' 'to'		boolean (default on)
 			global
 						*'ttimeout'* *'nottimeout'*
-'ttimeout'		boolean (default off, set in |defaults.vim|))
+'ttimeout'		boolean (default off, set in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	These two options together determine the behavior when part of a
@@ -7841,7 +7863,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{not in all versions of Vi}
 						*'ttimeoutlen'* *'ttm'*
-'ttimeoutlen' 'ttm'	number	(default -1, set to 100 in |defaults.vim|))
+'ttimeoutlen' 'ttm'	number	(default -1, set to 100 in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	The time in milliseconds that is waited for a key code or mapped key

runtime/doc/os_beos.txt

@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ The default value for $VIM is set at compile time and can be determined with >
   :version
 
 The normal value is /boot/home/config/share/vim.  If you don't like it you can
-set the VIM environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile' in your
+set the Vim environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile' in your
 .vimrc: >
 
   :if version >= 500

runtime/doc/os_mac.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_mac.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30
+*os_mac.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Apr 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -12,11 +12,13 @@ NOTE: This file is a bit outdated.  You might find more useful info here:
 	http://macvim.org/
 
 1. Filename Convention		|mac-filename|
-2. .vimrc an .vim files		|mac-vimfile|
-3. FAQ				|mac-faq|
-4. Known Lack			|mac-lack|
-5. Mac Bug Report		|mac-bug|
-6. Compiling Vim		|mac-compile|
+2. .vimrc and .vim files	|mac-vimfile|
+3. Standard mappings		|mac-standard-mappings|
+4. FAQ				|mac-faq|
+5. Known Lack			|mac-lack|
+6. Mac Bug Report		|mac-bug|
+7. Compiling Vim		|mac-compile|
+8. The darwin feature		|mac-darwin-feature|
 
 There was a Mac port for version 3.0 of Vim.  Here are the first few lines
 from the old file:
@@ -72,7 +74,18 @@ the |'nocompatible'| option is set, otherwise it will only handle mac format
 files.
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. Mac FAQ						*mac-faq*
+3. Standard mappings				*mac-standard-mappings*
+
+The following mappings are available for cut/copy/paste from/to clipboard.
+
+key		Normal	Visual	  Insert	Description ~
+Command-v	"*P	"-d"*P    <C-R>*	paste text       *<D-v>*
+Command-c		"*y			copy Visual text *<D-c>*
+Command-x		"*d			cut Visual text  *<D-x>*
+Backspace		"*d			cut Visual text
+
+==============================================================================
+4. Mac FAQ						*mac-faq*
 
 On the internet:  http://macvim.org/OSX/index.php#FAQ
 
@@ -95,13 +108,13 @@ A: The following trick works with most shells.  Put it in your vimrc file.
 	let $PATH = matchstr(s:path, 'VIMPATH\zs.\{-}\ze\n')
 
 ==============================================================================
-4. Mac Lack						*mac-lack*
+5. Mac Lack						*mac-lack*
 
 In a terminal CTRL-^ needs to be entered as Shift-Control-6.  CTRL-@ as
 Shift-Control-2.
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Mac Bug Report					*mac-bug*
+6. Mac Bug Report					*mac-bug*
 
 When reporting any Mac specific bug or feature change, please use the vim-mac
 maillist |vim-mac|.  However, you need to be subscribed.  An alternative is to
@@ -110,9 +123,59 @@ send a message to the current MacVim maintainers:
 	mac@vim.org
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Compiling Vim					*mac-compile*
+7. Compiling Vim					*mac-compile*
 
 See the file "src/INSTALLmac.txt" that comes with the source files.
 
+==============================================================================
+8. The Darwin Feature					*mac-darwin-feature*
+
+If you have a Mac that isn't very old, you will be running OS X, also called
+Darwin.  The last pre-Darwin OS was Mac OS 9.  The darwin feature makes Vim
+use Darwin-specific properties.
+
+What is accomplished with this feature is two-fold:
+
+- Make Vim interoperable with the system clipboard.
+- Incorporate into Vim a converter module that bridges the gap between some
+  character encodings specific to the platform and those known to Vim.
+
+Needless to say, both are not to be missed for any decent text editor to work
+nicely with other applications running on the same desktop environment.
+
+As Vim is not an application dedicated only to macOS, we need an extra feature
+to add in order for it to offer the same user experience that our users on
+other platforms enjoy to people on macOS.
+
+For brevity, the feature is referred to as "darwin" to signify it one of the
+Vim features that are specific to that particular platform.
+
+The feature is a configuration option.  Accordingly, whether it is enabled or
+not is determined at build time; once it is selected to be enabled, it is
+compiled in and hence cannot be disabled at runtime.
+
+The feature is enabled by default.  For most macOS users, that should be
+sufficient unless they have specific needs mentioned briefly below.
+
+If you want to disable it, pass `--disable-darwin` to the configure script: >
+
+    ./configure --disable-darwin <other options>
+
+and then run `make` to build Vim.  The order of the options doesn't matter.
+
+To make sure at runtime whether or not the darwin feature is compiled in, you
+can use `has('macunix')` which returns 1 if the feature is compiled in; 0
+otherwise.
+
+Notable use cases where `--disable-darwin` is turned out to be useful are:
+
+- When you want to use |x11-selection| instead of the system clipboard.
+- When you want to use |x11-clientserver|.
+
+Since both have to make use of X11 inter-client communication for them to work
+properly, and since the communication mechanism can come into conflict with
+the system clipboard, the darwin feature should be disabled to prevent Vim
+from hanging at runtime.
+
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ More info under :help hardcopy
 
 8.10 Setting up the symbols
 
-When I use GVIM this way and press CTRL-Y in the parent terminal, gvim exits.
+When I use gvim this way and press CTRL-Y in the parent terminal, gvim exits.
 I now use a different symbol that seems to work OK and fixes the problem.
 I suggest this instead: >
 
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ I suggest this instead: >
 
 The /INPUT=NLA0: separates the standard input of the gvim process from the
 parent terminal, to block signals from the parent window.
-Without the -GEOMETRY, the GVIM window size will be minimal and the menu
+Without the -GEOMETRY, the gvim window size will be minimal and the menu
 will be confused after a window-resize.
 
 (Carlo Mekenkamp, Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.0ac)
@@ -764,14 +764,14 @@ GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 
 9. VMS related changes					*vms-changes*
 
-Version 7.4 
-- Undo: VMS can not handle more than one dot in the filenames use "dir/name" -> "dir/_un_name" 
+Version 7.4
+- Undo: VMS can not handle more than one dot in the filenames use "dir/name" -> "dir/_un_name"
   add _un_ at the beginning to keep the extension
 - correct swap file name wildcard handling
 - handle iconv usage correctly
 - do not optimize on vax - otherwise it hangs compiling crypto files
 - fileio.c fix the comment
-- correct RealWaitForChar 
+- correct RealWaitForChar
 - after 7.4-119 use different functions lib$cvtf_to_internal_time because Alpha and VAX have
   G_FLOAT but IA64 uses IEEE float otherwise Vim crashes
 - guard against crashes that are caused by mixed filenames

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Oct 12
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ you will need to get a version older than that.
 6. Running under Windows 3.1				*win32-win3.1*
 
 					*win32s* *windows-3.1* *gui-w32s*
-There was a special version of Gvim that runs under Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
+There was a special version of gvim that runs under Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
 Support was removed in patch 7.4.1363.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -212,10 +212,19 @@ A. You can't!  This is a limitation of the NT console.  NT 5.0 is reported to
    be able to set the blink rate for all console windows at the same time.
 
 							*:!start*
-Q. How can I run an external command or program asynchronously?
-A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start": >
-	:!start winfile.exe<CR>
-<  Using "start" stops Vim switching to another screen, opening a new console,
+Q. How can I asynchronously run an external command or program, or open a
+   document or URL with its default program?
+A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start". For
+   example, to run notepad: >
+	:!start notepad
+<   To open "image.jpg" with the default image viewer: >
+        :!start image.jpg
+<   To open the folder of the current file in Windows Explorer: >
+        :!start %:h
+<   To open the Vim home page with the default browser: >
+        :!start http://www.vim.org/
+<
+   Using "start" stops Vim switching to another screen, opening a new console,
    or waiting for the program to complete; it indicates that you are running a
    program that does not affect the files you are editing.  Programs begun
    with :!start do not get passed Vim's open file handles, which means they do

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 05
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1076,34 +1076,40 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	":s/[/x/" searches for "[/x" and replaces it with nothing.  It does
 	not search for "[" and replaces it with "x"!
 
+								*E944* *E945*
 	If the sequence begins with "^", it matches any single character NOT
 	in the collection: "[^xyz]" matches anything but 'x', 'y' and 'z'.
 	- If two characters in the sequence are separated by '-', this is
 	  shorthand for the full list of ASCII characters between them.  E.g.,
-	  "[0-9]" matches any decimal digit.  Non-ASCII characters can be
-	  used, but the character values must not be more than 256 apart.
+	  "[0-9]" matches any decimal digit. If the starting character exceeds
+	  the ending character, e.g. [c-a], E944 occurs. Non-ASCII characters
+	  can be used, but the character values must not be more than 256 apart
+	  in the old regexp engine. For example, searching by [\u3000-\u4000]
+	  after setting re=1 emits a E945 error. Prepending \%#=2 will fix it.
 	- A character class expression is evaluated to the set of characters
 	  belonging to that character class.  The following character classes
 	  are supported:
-			  Name		Contents ~
-*[:alnum:]*		  [:alnum:]     ASCII letters and digits
-*[:alpha:]*		  [:alpha:]     ASCII letters
-*[:blank:]*		  [:blank:]     space and tab characters
-*[:cntrl:]*		  [:cntrl:]     control characters
-*[:digit:]*		  [:digit:]     decimal digits
-*[:graph:]*		  [:graph:]     printable characters excluding space
-*[:lower:]*		  [:lower:]     lowercase letters (all letters when
+		  Name	      Func	Contents ~
+*[:alnum:]*	  [:alnum:]   isalnum	ASCII letters and digits
+*[:alpha:]*	  [:alpha:]   isalpha  	ASCII letters
+*[:blank:]*	  [:blank:]     	space and tab
+*[:cntrl:]*	  [:cntrl:]   iscntrl 	ASCII control characters
+*[:digit:]*	  [:digit:]     	decimal digits '0' to '9'
+*[:graph:]*	  [:graph:]   isgraph	ASCII printable characters excluding
+					space
+*[:lower:]*	  [:lower:]   (1)	lowercase letters (all letters when
 					'ignorecase' is used)
-*[:print:]*		  [:print:]     printable characters including space
-*[:punct:]*		  [:punct:]     ASCII punctuation characters
-*[:space:]*		  [:space:]     whitespace characters
-*[:upper:]*		  [:upper:]     uppercase letters (all letters when
+*[:print:]*	  [:print:]   (2) 	printable characters including space
+*[:punct:]*	  [:punct:]   ispunct	ASCII punctuation characters
+*[:space:]*	  [:space:]     	whitespace characters: space, tab, CR,
+					NL, vertical tab, form feed
+*[:upper:]*	  [:upper:]   (3)	uppercase letters (all letters when
 					'ignorecase' is used)
-*[:xdigit:]*		  [:xdigit:]    hexadecimal digits
-*[:return:]*		  [:return:]	the <CR> character
-*[:tab:]*		  [:tab:]	the <Tab> character
-*[:escape:]*		  [:escape:]	the <Esc> character
-*[:backspace:]*		  [:backspace:]	the <BS> character
+*[:xdigit:]*	  [:xdigit:]    	hexadecimal digits: 0-9, a-f, A-F
+*[:return:]*	  [:return:]		the <CR> character
+*[:tab:]*	  [:tab:]		the <Tab> character
+*[:escape:]*	  [:escape:]		the <Esc> character
+*[:backspace:]*	  [:backspace:]		the <BS> character
 	  The brackets in character class expressions are additional to the
 	  brackets delimiting a collection.  For example, the following is a
 	  plausible pattern for a UNIX filename: "[-./[:alnum:]_~]\+" That is,
@@ -1114,6 +1120,13 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  regexp engine.  See |two-engines|.  In the future these items may
 	  work for multi-byte characters.  For now, to get all "alpha"
 	  characters you can use: [[:lower:][:upper:]].
+
+	  The "Func" column shows what library function is used.  The
+	  implementation depends on the system.  Otherwise:
+	  (1) Uses islower() for ASCII and Vim builtin rules for other
+	  characters when built with the |+multi_byte| feature.
+	  (2) Uses Vim builtin rules
+	  (3) As with (1) but using isupper()
 							*/[[=* *[==]*
 	- An equivalence class.  This means that characters are matched that
 	  have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents.  This

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell	*glvs-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including getscriptPlugin.vim, getscript.vim,
 	GetLatestVimScripts.dist, and pi_getscript.txt, except use "getscript"
-	instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, getscript and its
+	instead of "Vim".  Like anything else that's free, getscript and its
 	associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of
 	any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees of
 	merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Your computer needs to have wget or curl for GetLatestVimScripts to do its work.
 		mv GetLatestVimScripts.dist GetLatestVimScripts.dat
 		(edit GetLatestVimScripts.dat to install your own personal
 		list of desired plugins -- see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|)
-	
+
 	3. Windows:
 		vim getscript.vba
 		:so %

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -99,25 +99,25 @@ If the option is empty, then vim will use the system default printer for
 					HPUX: hp-roman8,
 					EBCDIC: ebcdic-uk)
 			global
-Sets the character encoding used when printing.  This option tells VIM which
+Sets the character encoding used when printing.  This option tells Vim which
 print character encoding file from the "print" directory in 'runtimepath' to
 use.
 
 This option will accept any value from |encoding-names|.  Any recognized names
-are converted to VIM standard names - see 'encoding' for more details.  Names
-not recognized by VIM will just be converted to lower case and underscores
+are converted to Vim standard names - see 'encoding' for more details.  Names
+not recognized by Vim will just be converted to lower case and underscores
 replaced with '-' signs.
 
-If 'printencoding' is empty or VIM cannot find the file then it will use
-'encoding' (if VIM is compiled with |+multi_byte| and it is set an 8-bit
-encoding) to find the print character encoding file.  If VIM is unable to find
+If 'printencoding' is empty or Vim cannot find the file then it will use
+'encoding' (if Vim is compiled with |+multi_byte| and it is set an 8-bit
+encoding) to find the print character encoding file.  If Vim is unable to find
 a character encoding file then it will use the "latin1" print character
 encoding file.
 
-When 'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding, VIM will try to convert
+When 'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding, Vim will try to convert
 characters to the printing encoding for printing (if 'printencoding' is empty
 then the conversion will be to latin1).  Conversion to a printing encoding
-other than latin1 will require VIM to be compiled with the |+iconv| feature.
+other than latin1 will require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv| feature.
 If no conversion is possible then printing will fail.  Any characters that
 cannot be converted will be replaced with upside down question marks.
 
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ header is used when this option is empty.
 'printmbcharset' 'pmbcs'  string (default "")
 			  global
 Sets the CJK character set to be used when generating CJK output from
-|:hardcopy|.  The following predefined values are currently recognised by VIM:
+|:hardcopy|.  The following predefined values are currently recognised by Vim:
 
 		Value		Description ~
   Chinese	GB_2312-80
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Japanese text you would do the following; >
 
 If 'printmbcharset' is not one of the above values then it is assumed to
 specify a custom multi-byte character set and no check will be made that it is
-compatible with the value for 'printencoding'.  VIM will look for a file
+compatible with the value for 'printencoding'.  Vim will look for a file
 defining the character set in the "print" directory in 'runtimepath'.
 
 							*pmbfn-option*
@@ -420,10 +420,10 @@ There are currently a number of limitations with PostScript printing:
   possible to get all the characters in an encoding to print by installing a
   new version of the Courier font family.
 
-- Multi-byte support - Currently VIM will try to convert multi-byte characters
+- Multi-byte support - Currently Vim will try to convert multi-byte characters
   to the 8-bit encoding specified by 'printencoding' (or latin1 if it is
   empty).  Any characters that are not successfully converted are shown as
-  unknown characters.  Printing will fail if VIM cannot convert the multi-byte
+  unknown characters.  Printing will fail if Vim cannot convert the multi-byte
   to the 8-bit encoding.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -434,11 +434,11 @@ you need to define your own PostScript font encoding vector.  Details on how
 to define a font encoding vector is beyond the scope of this help file, but
 you can find details in the PostScript Language Reference Manual, 3rd Edition,
 published by Addison-Wesley and available in PDF form at
-http://www.adobe.com/.  The following describes what you need to do for VIM to
+http://www.adobe.com/.  The following describes what you need to do for Vim to
 locate and use your print character encoding.
 
 i.   Decide on a unique name for your encoding vector, one that does not clash
-     with any of the recognized or standard encoding names that VIM uses (see
+     with any of the recognized or standard encoding names that Vim uses (see
      |encoding-names| for a list), and that no one else is likely to use.
 ii.  Copy $VIMRUNTIME/print/latin1.ps to the print subdirectory in your
      'runtimepath' and rename it with your unique name.
@@ -446,23 +446,23 @@ iii. Edit your renamed copy of latin1.ps, replacing all occurrences of latin1
      with your unique name (don't forget the line starting %%Title:), and
      modify the array of glyph names to define your new encoding vector.  The
      array must have exactly 256 entries or you will not be able to print!
-iv.  Within VIM, set 'printencoding' to your unique encoding name and then
-     print your file.  VIM will now use your custom print character encoding.
+iv.  Within Vim, set 'printencoding' to your unique encoding name and then
+     print your file.  Vim will now use your custom print character encoding.
 
-VIM will report an error with the resource file if you change the order or
+Vim will report an error with the resource file if you change the order or
 content of the first 3 lines, other than the name of the encoding on the line
 starting %%Title: or the version number on the line starting %%Version:.
 
-[Technical explanation for those that know PostScript - VIM looks for a file
+[Technical explanation for those that know PostScript - Vim looks for a file
 with the same name as the encoding it will use when printing.  The file
 defines a new PostScript Encoding resource called /VIM-name, where name is the
-print character encoding VIM will use.]
+print character encoding Vim will use.]
 
 ==============================================================================
 5. PostScript CJK Printing			*postscript-cjk-printing*
 							*E673* *E674* *E675*
 
-VIM supports printing of Chinese, Japanese, and Korean files.  Setting up VIM
+Vim supports printing of Chinese, Japanese, and Korean files.  Setting up Vim
 to correctly print CJK files requires setting up a few more options.
 
 Each of these countries has many standard character sets and encodings which
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ option allows you to specify different fonts to use when printing characters
 which are syntax highlighted with the font styles normal, italic, bold and
 bold-italic.
 
-No CJK fonts are supplied with VIM.  There are some free Korean, Japanese, and
+No CJK fonts are supplied with Vim.  There are some free Korean, Japanese, and
 Traditional Chinese fonts available at:
 
   http://examples.oreilly.com/cjkvinfo/adobe/samples/
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ CJK fonts can be large containing several thousand glyphs, and it is not
 uncommon to find that they only contain a subset of a national standard.  It
 is not unusual to find the fonts to not include characters for codes in the
 ASCII code range.  If you find half-width Roman characters are not appearing
-in your printout then you should configure VIM to use the Courier font the
+in your printout then you should configure Vim to use the Courier font the
 half-width ASCII characters with 'printmbfont'.  If your font does not include
 other characters then you will need to find another font that does.
 
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ Another issue with ASCII characters, is that the various national character
 sets specify a couple of different glyphs in the ASCII code range.  If you
 print ASCII text using the national character set you may see some unexpected
 characters.  If you want true ASCII code printing then you need to configure
-VIM to output ASCII characters for the ASCII code range with 'printmbfont'.
+Vim to output ASCII characters for the ASCII code range with 'printmbfont'.
 
 It is possible to define your own multi-byte character set although this
 should not be attempted lightly.  A discussion on the process if beyond the
@@ -525,13 +525,13 @@ print job completing.
 There are a number of possible causes as to why the printing may have failed:
 
 - Wrong version of the prolog resource file.  The prolog resource file
-  contains some PostScript that VIM needs to be able to print.  Each version
-  of VIM needs one particular version.  Make sure you have correctly installed
+  contains some PostScript that Vim needs to be able to print.  Each version
+  of Vim needs one particular version.  Make sure you have correctly installed
   the runtime files, and don't have any old versions of a file called prolog
   in the print directory in your 'runtimepath' directory.
 
 - Paper size.  Some PostScript printers will abort printing a file if they do
-  not support the requested paper size.  By default VIM uses A4 paper.  Find
+  not support the requested paper size.  By default Vim uses A4 paper.  Find
   out what size paper your printer normally uses and set the appropriate paper
   size with 'printoptions'.  If you cannot find the name of the paper used,
   measure a sheet and compare it with the table of supported paper sizes listed
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ complex print document creation.
 
 N-UP PRINTING
 
-The psnup utility takes an existing PostScript file generated from VIM and
+The psnup utility takes an existing PostScript file generated from Vim and
 convert it to an n-up version.  The simplest way to create a 2-up printout is
 to first create a PostScript file with: >
 
@@ -724,16 +724,16 @@ There are a couple of points to bear in mind:
 ==============================================================================
 8. Formfeed Characters					*printing-formfeed*
 
-By default VIM does not do any special processing of |formfeed| control
-characters.  Setting the 'printoptions' formfeed item will make VIM recognize
+By default Vim does not do any special processing of |formfeed| control
+characters.  Setting the 'printoptions' formfeed item will make Vim recognize
 formfeed characters and continue printing the current line at the beginning
 of the first line on a new page.  The use of formfeed characters provides
 rudimentary print control but there are certain things to be aware of.
 
-VIM will always start printing a line (including a line number if enabled)
+Vim will always start printing a line (including a line number if enabled)
 containing a formfeed character, even if it is the first character on the
 line.  This means if a line starting with a formfeed character is the first
-line of a page then VIM will print a blank page.
+line of a page then Vim will print a blank page.
 
 Since the line number is printed at the start of printing the line containing
 the formfeed character, the remainder of the line printed on the new page
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ lines of a long line when wrap in 'printoptions' is enabled).
 
 If the formfeed character is the last character on a line, then printing will
 continue on the second line of the new page, not the first.  This is due to
-VIM processing the end of the line after the formfeed character and moving
+Vim processing the end of the line after the formfeed character and moving
 down a line to continue printing.
 
 Due to the points made above it is recommended that when formfeed character

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 06
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -472,7 +472,11 @@ keep its height, ignoring 'winheight' and 'equalalways'.  You can change the
 height manually (e.g., by dragging the status line above it with the mouse).
 
 In the quickfix window, each line is one error.  The line number is equal to
-the error number.  You can use ":.cc" to jump to the error under the cursor.
+the error number.  The current entry is highlighted with the QuickFixLine
+highlighting.  You can change it to your liking, e.g.: >
+	:hi QuickFixLine ctermbg=Yellow guibg=Yellow
+
+You can use ":.cc" to jump to the error under the cursor.
 Hitting the <Enter> key or double-clicking the mouse on a line has the same
 effect.  The file containing the error is opened in the window above the
 quickfix window.  If there already is a window for that file, it is used

runtime/doc/quotes.txt

@@ -63,53 +63,53 @@ versions of 'emacs' in the late 1970's and was relieved by finding 'vi' in the
 first UNIX I came across in 1983).  In my opinion, it's about time 'VIM'
 replace 'emacs' as the standard for top editors.  (Bo Thide', Sweden)
 
-I love and use VIM heavily too.  (Larry Wall)
+I love and use Vim heavily too.  (Larry Wall)
 
 Vi is like a Ferrari, if you're a beginner, it handles like a bitch, but once
 you get the hang of it, it's small, powerful and FAST! (Unknown)
-VIM is like a new model Ferrari, and sounds like one too - "VIIIIIIMMM!"
+Vim is like a new model Ferrari, and sounds like one too - "VIIIIIIMMM!"
 (Stephen Riehm, Germany)
 
-Schon bei Nutzung eines Bruchteils der VIM-Funktionen wird der Benutzer recht
+Schon bei Nutzung eines Bruchteils der Vim-Funktionen wird der Benutzer recht
 schnell die Vorzuege dieses Editors kennen- und schaetzenlernen.
-Translated: Even when only using a fraction of VIM-functions, the user will
+Translated: Even when only using a fraction of Vim-functions, the user will
 quickly get used to and appreciate the advantages of this editor.  (Garry
-Glendown, conclusion of an article on VIM in iX magazine 9/1998)
+Glendown, conclusion of an article on Vim in iX magazine 9/1998)
 
-I've recently acquired the O'Reilly book on VI (it also discusses VIM
+I've recently acquired the O'Reilly book on Vi (it also discusses Vim
 in-depth), and I'm amazed at just how powerful this application is.  (Jeffrey
 Rankin)
 
-This guide was written using the Windows 9.x distribution of GVIM, which is
+This guide was written using the Windows 9.x distribution of gvim, which is
 quite possibly the greatest thing to come along since God created the naked
 girl.  (Michael DiBernardo)
 
-Boy, I thought I knew almost everything about VIM, but every time I browse the
-online documentation, I hit upon a minor but cool aspect of a VIM feature that
+Boy, I thought I knew almost everything about Vim, but every time I browse the
+online documentation, I hit upon a minor but cool aspect of a Vim feature that
 I didn't know before!  I must say the documentation is one the finest I've
 ever seen in a product -- even better than most commercial products.
 (Gautam Mudunuri)
 
-VIM 4.5 is really a fantastic editor.  It has sooooo many features and more
+Vim 4.5 is really a fantastic editor.  It has sooooo many features and more
 importantly, the defaults are so well thought out that you really don't have
 to change anything!!  Words cannot express my amazement and gratitude to the
-creators of VIM.  Keep it up.  (Vikas, USA)
+creators of Vim.  Keep it up.  (Vikas, USA)
 
 I wonder how long it will be before people will refer to other Vi editors as
-VIM clones?  (Darren Hiebert)
+Vim clones?  (Darren Hiebert)
 
 I read about [auto-positioning-in-file-based-on-the-errors-from-make] in one
 of those "Perfect Programmer's Editor" threads and was delighted to discover
-that VIM already supports it.  (Brendan Macmillan, Australia)
+that Vim already supports it.  (Brendan Macmillan, Australia)
 
-I just discovered VIM (5.0) and I'm telling everyone I know about it!
-I tell them VIM stands for VI for the new (M)illenium.  Thanks so much!
+I just discovered Vim (5.0) and I'm telling everyone I know about it!
+I tell them Vim stands for Vi for the new (M)illenium.  Thanks so much!
 (Matt F. Valentine)
 
 I think from now on "vi" should be called "Vim Imitation", not the other way
 around.  (Rungun Ramanathan)
 
-The Law of VIM:
+The Law of Vim:
 For each member b of the possible behaviour space B of program P, there exists
 a finite time t before which at least one user u in the total user space U of
 program P will request b becomes a member of the allowed behaviour space B'
@@ -118,42 +118,42 @@ In other words: Sooner or later everyone wants everything as an option.
 (Negri)
 
 Whenever I move to a new computing platform, the first thing I do is to port
-VIM.  Lately, I am simply stunned by its ease of compilation using the
+Vim.  Lately, I am simply stunned by its ease of compilation using the
 configure facility.  (A.M. Sabuncu, Turkey)
 
 The options are really excellent and very powerful.  (Anish Maharaj)
 
 The Spring user-interface designs are in, and word from the boutiques is that
-80x24 text-only mode is back with a *vengeance! Vi editor clone VIM burst onto
+80x24 text-only mode is back with a *vengeance! Vi editor clone Vim burst onto
 March desk-tops with a dazzling show of pastel syntax highlights for its 5.0
-look.  Strident and customizable, VIM raises eyebrows with its interpretation
+look.  Strident and customizable, Vim raises eyebrows with its interpretation
 of the classic Vi single-key macro collection.
 http://www.ntk.net/index.cgi?back=archive98/now0327.txt&line=179#l
 
-I just wanted to take this opportunity to let you know that VIM 5 ROCKS!
+I just wanted to take this opportunity to let you know that Vim 5 ROCKS!
 Syntax highlighting: how did I survive without it?!  Thank you for creating
 mankind's best editor!  (Mun Johl, USA)
 
-Thanks again for VIM.  I use it every day on Linux.  (Eric Foster-Johnson,
+Thanks again for Vim.  I use it every day on Linux.  (Eric Foster-Johnson,
 author of the book "UNIX Programming Tools")
 
 The BEST EDITOR EVER (Stuart Woolford)
 
-I have used most of VIM's fancy features at least once, many frequently, and I
+I have used most of Vim's fancy features at least once, many frequently, and I
 can honestly say that I couldn't live with anything less anymore.  My
 productivity has easily doubled compared to what it was when I used vi.
 (Sitaram Chamarty)
 
-I luv VIM.  It is incredible.  I'm naming my first-born Vimberly.  (Jose
+I luv Vim.  It is incredible.  I'm naming my first-born Vimberly.  (Jose
 Unpingco, USA)
 
-Hint:  "VIM" is "vi improved" - much better! (Sven Guckes, Germany)
+Hint:  "Vim" is "vi improved" - much better! (Sven Guckes, Germany)
 
-I use VIM every day.  I spend more time in VIM than in any other program...
+I use Vim every day.  I spend more time in Vim than in any other program...
 It's the best vi clone there is.  I think it's great.  (Craig Sanders,
 Australia)
 
-I strongly advise using VIM--its infinite undo/redo saved me much grief.
+I strongly advise using Vim--its infinite undo/redo saved me much grief.
 (Terry Brown)
 
 Thanks very much for writing what in my opinion is the finest text editor on
@@ -163,98 +163,98 @@ the planet.  If I were to get another cat, I would name it "Vim".
 I typed :set all and the screen FILLED up with options.  A whole screen of
 things to be set and unset.  I saw some of my old friends like wrapmargin,
 modelines and showmode, but the screen was FILLED with new friends!   I love
-them all!   I love VIM!   I'm so happy that I've found this editor!  I feel
+them all!   I love Vim!   I'm so happy that I've found this editor!  I feel
 like how I once felt when I started using vi after a couple of years of using
 ed.  I never thought I'd forsake my beloved ed, but vi ... oh god, vi was
-great.  And now, VIM.  (Peter Jay Salzman, USA)
+great.  And now, Vim.  (Peter Jay Salzman, USA)
 
 I am really happy with such a wonderful software package.  Much better than
 almost any expensive, off the shelf program.  (Jeff Walker)
 
-Whenever I reread the VIM documentation I'm overcome with excitement at the
+Whenever I reread the Vim documentation I'm overcome with excitement at the
 power of the editor.  (William Edward Webber, Australia)
 
-Hurrah for VIM!! It is "at your fingertips" like vi, and has the extensions
+Hurrah for Vim!! It is "at your fingertips" like vi, and has the extensions
 that vi sorely needs: highlighting for executing commands on blocks, an easily
 navigable and digestible help screen, and more.  (Paul Pax)
 
 The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro anymore, is that I
-now use VIM - and this is built in!! (Stephen Riehm, Germany)
+now use Vim - and this is built in!! (Stephen Riehm, Germany)
 
-I am a user of VIM and I love it.  I use it to do all my programming, C,
+I am a user of Vim and I love it.  I use it to do all my programming, C,
 C++, HTML what ever.  (Tim Allwine)
 
-I discovered VIM after years of struggling with the original vi, and I just
+I discovered Vim after years of struggling with the original vi, and I just
 can't live without it anymore.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
 
-Emacs has not a bit of chance to survive so long as VIM is around.  Besides,
+Emacs has not a bit of chance to survive so long as Vim is around.  Besides,
 it also has the most detailed software documentation I have ever seen---much
 better than most commercial software!  (Leiming Qian)
 
-This version of VIM will just blow people apart when they discover just how
+This version of Vim will just blow people apart when they discover just how
 fantastic it is! (Tony Nugent, Australia)
 
-I took your advice & finally got VIM & I'm really impressed.  Instant convert.
+I took your advice & finally got Vim & I'm really impressed.  Instant convert.
 (Patrick Killelea, USA)
 
-VIM is by far my favorite piece of shareware and I have been particularly
+Vim is by far my favorite piece of shareware and I have been particularly
 pleased with version 3.0.  This is really a solid piece of work.  (Robert
 Colon, USA)
 
-VIM is a joy to use, it is so well thought and practical that I wonder why
-anybody would use visual development tools.  VIM is powerful and elegant, it
+Vim is a joy to use, it is so well thought and practical that I wonder why
+anybody would use visual development tools.  Vim is powerful and elegant, it
 looks deceptively simple but is almost as complex as a 747 (especially when I
-look at my growing .vimrc), keep up that wonderful job, VIM is a centerpiece
+look at my growing .vimrc), keep up that wonderful job, Vim is a centerpiece
 of the free software world.  (Louis-David Mitterand, USA)
 
-I cannot believe how great it is to use VIM.  I think the guys at work are
+I cannot believe how great it is to use Vim.  I think the guys at work are
 getting tired of hearing me bragging about it.  Others eyes are lighting up.
 (Rick Croote)
 
 Emacs takes way too much time to start up and run, it is too big and bulky for
-effective use and the interface is more confusing than it is of any help.  VIM
+effective use and the interface is more confusing than it is of any help.  Vim
 however is short, it is fast, it is powerful, it has a good interface and it
 is all purpose.  (Paal Ditlefsen Ekran)
 
-From the first time I got VIM3.0, I was very enthusiastic.  It has almost no
+From the first time I got Vim3.0, I was very enthusiastic.  It has almost no
 problems.  The swapfile handling and the backup possibilities are robust, also
 the protection against editing one file twice.  It is very compatible to the
 real VI (and that is a MUST, because my brain is trained over years in using
 it).  (Gert van Antwerpen, Holland)
 
-Visual mode in VIM is a very powerful thing! (Tony Nugent, Australia)
+Visual mode in Vim is a very powerful thing! (Tony Nugent, Australia)
 
-I have to say that VIM is =THE= single greatest piece of source code to ever
+I have to say that Vim is =THE= single greatest piece of source code to ever
 come across the net (Jim Battle, USA).
 
-In fact, if you do want to get a new vi I'd suggest VIM-3.0.  This is, by
+In fact, if you do want to get a new vi I'd suggest Vim-3.0.  This is, by
 far, the best version of vi I've ever seen (Albert W. Schueller).
 
-I should mention that VIM is a very good editor and can compete with anything
+I should mention that Vim is a very good editor and can compete with anything
 (Ilya Beloozerov).
 
 To tell the truth sometimes I used elvis, vile, xvi, calvin, etc.  And this is
-the reason that I can state that VIM is the best! (Ferenc Deak, Hungary)
+the reason that I can state that Vim is the best! (Ferenc Deak, Hungary)
 
-VIM is by far the best editor that I have used in a long time, and I have
+Vim is by far the best editor that I have used in a long time, and I have
 looked at just about every thing that is available for every platform that I
-use.  VIM is the best on all of them.  (Guy L. Oliver)
+use.  Vim is the best on all of them.  (Guy L. Oliver)
 
-VIM is the greatest editor since the stone chisel.  (Jose Unpingco, USA)
+Vim is the greatest editor since the stone chisel.  (Jose Unpingco, USA)
 
-I would like to say that with VIM I am finally making the 'emacs to vi'
+I would like to say that with Vim I am finally making the 'emacs to vi'
 transition - as an Editor it is so much better in many ways: keyboard layout,
 memory usage, text alteration to name 3.  (Mark Adam)
 
 In fact, now if I want to know what a particular setting does in vi, I fire up
-VIM and check out its help!  (Nikhil Patel, USA)
+Vim and check out its help!  (Nikhil Patel, USA)
 
-As a vi user, VIM has made working with text a far more pleasant task than
+As a vi user, Vim has made working with text a far more pleasant task than
 before I encountered this program.  (Steinar Knutsen, Norway)
 
-I use VIM since version 3.0.  Since that time, it is the ONLY editor I use,
-with Solaris, Linux and OS/2 Warp.  I suggest all my friends to use VIM, they
-try, and they continue using it.  VIM is really the best software I have ever
+I use Vim since version 3.0.  Since that time, it is the ONLY editor I use,
+with Solaris, Linux and OS/2 Warp.  I suggest all my friends to use Vim, they
+try, and they continue using it.  Vim is really the best software I have ever
 downloaded from the Internet, and the best editor I know of.  (Marco
 Eccettuato, Italy)
 

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*remote.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2015 Mar 01
+*remote.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ the description in |eval.txt| or use CTRL-] on the function name to jump to
 the full explanation.
 
     synopsis				     explanation ~
+    remote_startserver( name)		     run a server
     remote_expr( server, string, idvar)      send expression
     remote_send( server, string, idvar)      send key sequence
     serverlist()			     get a list of available servers

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Feb 06
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ of area is used, see |visual-repeat|.
 ==============================================================================
 2. Multiple repeats					*multi-repeat*
 
-						*:g* *:global* *E147* *E148*
+						*:g* *:global* *E148*
 :[range]g[lobal]/{pattern}/[cmd]
 			Execute the Ex command [cmd] (default ":p") on the
 			lines within [range] where {pattern} matches.
@@ -79,8 +79,15 @@ The default for [range] is the whole buffer (1,$).  Use "CTRL-C" to interrupt
 the command.  If an error message is given for a line, the command for that
 line is aborted and the global command continues with the next marked or
 unmarked line.
+								*E147* 
+When the command is used recursively, it only works on one line.  Giving a
+range is then not allowed. This is useful to find all lines that match a
+pattern and do not match another pattern: >
+	:g/found/v/notfound/{cmd}
+This first finds all lines containing "found", but only executes {cmd} when
+there is no match for "notfound".
 
-To repeat a non-Ex command, you can use the ":normal" command: >
+To execute a non-Ex command, you can use the `:normal` command: >
 	:g/pat/normal {commands}
 Make sure that {commands} ends with a whole command, otherwise Vim will wait
 for you to type the rest of the command for each match.  The screen will not

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ Vim uses a binary file format for spelling.  This greatly speeds up loading
 the word list and keeps it small.
 						    *.aff* *.dic* *Myspell*
 You can create a Vim spell file from the .aff and .dic files that Myspell
-uses.  Myspell is used by OpenOffice.org and Mozilla. The OpenOffice .oxt 
+uses.  Myspell is used by OpenOffice.org and Mozilla. The OpenOffice .oxt
 files are zip files which contain the .aff and .dic files. You should be able
 to find them here:
 	http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/dictionary
@@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ COMPOUNDSYLLABLE  (Hunspell)			*spell-COMPOUNDSYLLABLE*
 KEY		(Hunspell)				*spell-KEY*
 		Define characters that are close together on the keyboard.
 		Used to give better suggestions.  Not supported.
-		
+
 LANG		(Hunspell)				*spell-LANG*
 		This specifies language-specific behavior.  This actually
 		moves part of the language knowledge into the program,

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Feb 06
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -4812,10 +4812,11 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 	Example: >
 		:highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
 <	When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
-	'background' option will be adjusted automatically.  This causes the
-	highlight groups that depend on 'background' to change!  This means
-	you should set the colors for Normal first, before setting other
-	colors.
+	'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
+	condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
+	explicitly.  This causes the highlight groups that depend on
+	'background' to change!  This means you should set the colors for
+	Normal first, before setting other colors.
 	When a colorscheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
 	be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal).  First
 	delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -945,6 +945,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_F7'	term.txt	/*'t_F7'*
 't_F8'	term.txt	/*'t_F8'*
 't_F9'	term.txt	/*'t_F9'*
+'t_GP'	term.txt	/*'t_GP'*
 't_IE'	term.txt	/*'t_IE'*
 't_IS'	term.txt	/*'t_IS'*
 't_K1'	term.txt	/*'t_K1'*
@@ -1927,6 +1928,13 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :Print	various.txt	/*:Print*
 :Rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Rexplore*
 :RmVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:RmVimball*
+:RustEmitAsm	ft_rust.txt	/*:RustEmitAsm*
+:RustEmitIr	ft_rust.txt	/*:RustEmitIr*
+:RustExpand	ft_rust.txt	/*:RustExpand*
+:RustFmt	ft_rust.txt	/*:RustFmt*
+:RustFmtRange	ft_rust.txt	/*:RustFmtRange*
+:RustPlay	ft_rust.txt	/*:RustPlay*
+:RustRun	ft_rust.txt	/*:RustRun*
 :Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Sexplore*
 :TOhtml	syntax.txt	/*:TOhtml*
 :TarDiff	pi_tar.txt	/*:TarDiff*
@@ -3270,6 +3278,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <Char>	map.txt	/*<Char>*
 <CursorHold>	autocmd.txt	/*<CursorHold>*
 <D-	intro.txt	/*<D-*
+<D-c>	os_mac.txt	/*<D-c>*
+<D-v>	os_mac.txt	/*<D-v>*
+<D-x>	os_mac.txt	/*<D-x>*
 <Del>	change.txt	/*<Del>*
 <Down>	motion.txt	/*<Down>*
 <Drop>	change.txt	/*<Drop>*
@@ -4505,6 +4516,11 @@ E938	eval.txt	/*E938*
 E939	change.txt	/*E939*
 E94	windows.txt	/*E94*
 E940	eval.txt	/*E940*
+E941	eval.txt	/*E941*
+E942	eval.txt	/*E942*
+E943	message.txt	/*E943*
+E944	pattern.txt	/*E944*
+E945	pattern.txt	/*E945*
 E95	message.txt	/*E95*
 E96	diff.txt	/*E96*
 E97	diff.txt	/*E97*
@@ -5013,6 +5029,7 @@ assert_inrange()	eval.txt	/*assert_inrange()*
 assert_match()	eval.txt	/*assert_match()*
 assert_notequal()	eval.txt	/*assert_notequal()*
 assert_notmatch()	eval.txt	/*assert_notmatch()*
+assert_report()	eval.txt	/*assert_report()*
 assert_true()	eval.txt	/*assert_true()*
 at	motion.txt	/*at*
 atan()	eval.txt	/*atan()*
@@ -6128,6 +6145,7 @@ ft-rexx-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rexx-syntax*
 ft-rst-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rst-syntax*
 ft-ruby-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-ruby-omni*
 ft-ruby-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ruby-syntax*
+ft-rust	filetype.txt	/*ft-rust*
 ft-scheme-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-scheme-syntax*
 ft-sdl-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-sdl-syntax*
 ft-sed-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-sed-syntax*
@@ -6160,6 +6178,7 @@ ft-xpm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xpm-syntax*
 ft-yaml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-yaml-syntax*
 ft-zsh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-zsh-syntax*
 ft_ada.txt	ft_ada.txt	/*ft_ada.txt*
+ft_rust.txt	ft_rust.txt	/*ft_rust.txt*
 ft_sql.txt	ft_sql.txt	/*ft_sql.txt*
 ftdetect	filetype.txt	/*ftdetect*
 ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*ftp*
@@ -6237,6 +6256,7 @@ g:decada.Make_Command	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Make_Command*
 g:decada.Unit_Name()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Unit_Name()*
 g:filetype_csh	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_csh*
 g:filetype_r	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_r*
+g:ftplugin_rust_source_path	ft_rust.txt	/*g:ftplugin_rust_source_path*
 g:gnat	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat*
 g:gnat.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Error_Format*
 g:gnat.Find()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Find()*
@@ -6366,6 +6386,20 @@ g:netrw_win95ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_win95ftp*
 g:netrw_winsize	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_winsize*
 g:netrw_wiw	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_wiw*
 g:netrw_xstrlen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_xstrlen*
+g:rust_bang_comment_leader	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rust_bang_comment_leader*
+g:rust_conceal	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rust_conceal*
+g:rust_conceal_mod_path	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rust_conceal_mod_path*
+g:rust_conceal_pub	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rust_conceal_pub*
+g:rust_fold	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rust_fold*
+g:rust_playpen_url	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rust_playpen_url*
+g:rust_recommended_style	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rust_recommended_style*
+g:rust_shortener_url	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rust_shortener_url*
+g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
+g:rustc_path	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustc_path*
+g:rustfmt_autosave	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_autosave*
+g:rustfmt_command	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_command*
+g:rustfmt_fail_silently	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_fail_silently*
+g:rustfmt_options	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_options*
 g:syntax_on	syntax.txt	/*g:syntax_on*
 g:tar_browseoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_browseoptions*
 g:tar_cmd	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_cmd*
@@ -7148,9 +7182,11 @@ m`	motion.txt	/*m`*
 mac	os_mac.txt	/*mac*
 mac-bug	os_mac.txt	/*mac-bug*
 mac-compile	os_mac.txt	/*mac-compile*
+mac-darwin-feature	os_mac.txt	/*mac-darwin-feature*
 mac-faq	os_mac.txt	/*mac-faq*
 mac-filename	os_mac.txt	/*mac-filename*
 mac-lack	os_mac.txt	/*mac-lack*
+mac-standard-mappings	os_mac.txt	/*mac-standard-mappings*
 mac-vimfile	os_mac.txt	/*mac-vimfile*
 macintosh	os_mac.txt	/*macintosh*
 macro	map.txt	/*macro*
@@ -7661,6 +7697,8 @@ nice	todo.txt	/*nice*
 no-eval-feature	eval.txt	/*no-eval-feature*
 no-type-checking	eval.txt	/*no-type-checking*
 no_buffers_menu	gui.txt	/*no_buffers_menu*
+no_mail_maps	filetype.txt	/*no_mail_maps*
+no_plugin_maps	filetype.txt	/*no_plugin_maps*
 non-greedy	pattern.txt	/*non-greedy*
 non-zero-arg	eval.txt	/*non-zero-arg*
 none-variable	eval.txt	/*none-variable*
@@ -8019,6 +8057,7 @@ remote_foreground()	eval.txt	/*remote_foreground()*
 remote_peek()	eval.txt	/*remote_peek()*
 remote_read()	eval.txt	/*remote_read()*
 remote_send()	eval.txt	/*remote_send()*
+remote_startserver()	eval.txt	/*remote_startserver()*
 remove()	eval.txt	/*remove()*
 remove-filetype	filetype.txt	/*remove-filetype*
 remove-option-flags	options.txt	/*remove-option-flags*
@@ -8074,6 +8113,13 @@ russian-issues	russian.txt	/*russian-issues*
 russian-keymap	russian.txt	/*russian-keymap*
 russian-l18n	russian.txt	/*russian-l18n*
 russian.txt	russian.txt	/*russian.txt*
+rust	ft_rust.txt	/*rust*
+rust-commands	ft_rust.txt	/*rust-commands*
+rust-intro	ft_rust.txt	/*rust-intro*
+rust-mappings	ft_rust.txt	/*rust-mappings*
+rust-settings	ft_rust.txt	/*rust-settings*
+rust_<D-R>	ft_rust.txt	/*rust_<D-R>*
+rust_<D-r>	ft_rust.txt	/*rust_<D-r>*
 rview	starting.txt	/*rview*
 rvim	starting.txt	/*rvim*
 rxvt	syntax.txt	/*rxvt*
@@ -8485,6 +8531,7 @@ t_F6	term.txt	/*t_F6*
 t_F7	term.txt	/*t_F7*
 t_F8	term.txt	/*t_F8*
 t_F9	term.txt	/*t_F9*
+t_GP	term.txt	/*t_GP*
 t_IE	term.txt	/*t_IE*
 t_IS	term.txt	/*t_IS*
 t_K1	term.txt	/*t_K1*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Feb 02
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Apr 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -314,6 +314,7 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_IS	set icon text start				*t_IS* *'t_IS'*
 	t_IE	set icon text end				*t_IE* *'t_IE'*
 	t_WP	set window position (Y, X) in pixels		*t_WP* *'t_WP'*
+	t_GP	get window position (Y, X) in pixels		*t_GP* *'t_GP'*
 	t_WS	set window size (height, width) in characters	*t_WS* *'t_WS'*
 	t_SI	start insert mode (bar cursor shape)		*t_SI* *'t_SI'*
 	t_SR	start replace mode (underline cursor shape)	*t_SR* *'t_SR'*

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 16
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,13 +35,9 @@ entered there will not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Using "g<" after ":for x in [1,2,3]|echom x|endfor" looks wrong. (Marcin
-Szamotulski, 2017 Mar 12)
-Also, using Ctrl-C clears the last part.
-
-Test 45 fails on MS-Windows only before resetting 'sw'. Why?
-
 +channel:
+- When redrawing for the channel buffer, command line completion is cleared.
+  (Ramel Eshed, 2017 May 4)
 - Try out background make plugin: 
   https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background
 - Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
@@ -110,22 +106,91 @@ Regexp problems:
   had_endbrace[] is set but not initialized or used.
 - Difference between two engines: ".*\zs\/\@>\/" on text "///"
   (Chris Paul, 2016 Nov 13)  New engine not greedy enough?
+  Another one: echom matchstr(" sdfsfsf\n sfdsdfsdf",'[^\n]*')
+  (2017 May 15, #1252)
+
+With foldmethod=syntax and nofoldenable comment highlighting isn't removed.
+(Marcin Szewczyk, 2017 Apr 26)
+
+ml_get error when using a Python. (Yggdroot, 2017 Jun 1, #1737)
+Lemonboy can reproduce (2017 Jun 5)
+
+ml_get errors with buggy script. (Dominique, 2017 Apr 30)
+
+Error in emsg with buggy script. (Dominique, 2017 Apr 30)
+
+Add options_default() / options_restore() to set several options to Vim
+defaults for a plugin. Comments from Zyx, 2017 May 10.
+Perhaps use a vimcontext / endvimcontext command block.
+
+Using freed memory with "qf" FileType autocommand that does :cclose.
+(Lemonboy, 2017 May 28, #1730, fix in 1734, with test that doesn't fail, but
+it fails when run manually)  Add "starting" to test_override()?
+
+Problem with three-piece comment. (Michael Lee, 2017 May 11, #1696)
+
+When checking if a bufref is valid, also check the buffer number, to catch the
+case of :bwipe followed by :new.
+
+Files for Latvian language. (Vitolins, 2017 May 3, #1675)
+
+Setting 'clipboard' to "unnamed" makes a global command very slow (Daniel
+Drucker, 2017 May 8).
+This was supposed to be fixed, did it break again somehow?
+Christian cannot reproduce it.
+
+Better TeX indent file. (Christian Brabandt, 2017 May 3)
+
+Openhab syntax file (mueller, #1678)
+
+Use gvimext.dll from the nightly build? (Issue #249)
+
+'synmaxcol' works with bytes instead of screen cells. (Llandon, 2017 May 31,
+#1736)
+
+Problem with using :cd when remotely editing a file. (Gerd Wachsmuth, 2017 May
+8, #1690)
+
+'equalalways' only works for one column. (Glacambre, 2017 May 15, #1707)
+
+Include solarized color scheme?
+
+Updates to GTK help. (Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2017 May 4)
 
 Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
 manager.  Problem with Motif?
 
+Bogus characters inserted when triggering indent while changing text.
+(Vitor Antunes, 2016 Nov 22, #1269)
+
+Segmentation fault with complete(). (Lifepillar, 2017 Apr 29, #1668)
+Check for "pat" to be NULL in search_for_exact_line()?
+How did it get NULL?  Comment by Christian, Apr 30.
+
+Is it possible to keep the complete menu open when calling complete()?
+(Prabir Shrestha, 2017 May 19, #1713)
+
 Memory leak in test97?  The string is actually freed.  Weird.
 
-Include rust files.  Got all permissions?
-
-dict_add_list and dict_add_dict may free item when failing. (2017 Mar 12,
-Nikolai Pavlov, #1555)
-
-Patch to add buffer name argument to taglist().
-Ordering of tags in result of taglist call. (Duncan McDougall, #1194)
+New value "uselast" for 'switchbuf'. (Lemonboy, 2017 Apr 23, #1652)
 
 Add a toolbar in the terminal.  Can be global, above all windows, or specific
 for one window.
+
+Make maparg() also return the raw rhs, so that it doesn't depend on 'cpo'.
+(Brett Stahlman, 2017 May 23)
+Even better: add a way to disable a mapping temporarily and re-enable it
+later.  This is for a sub-mode that is active for a short while (one buffer).
+Still need maplist() to find the mappings.  What can we use to identify a
+mapping?  Something unique would be better than the LHS.
+Perhaps simpler: actually delete the mappings.  Use maplist() to list matching
+mappings (with a lhs prefix, like maparg()), mapdelete() to delete,
+maprestore() to restore (using the output of maplist().
+
+Add an argument to :mkvimrc (or add aother command) to skip mappings from
+plugins (source is a Vim script).  No need to put these in a .vimrc, they will
+be defined when the plugin is loaded.
+
 Use tb_set(winid, [{'text': 'stop', 'cb': callback, 'hi': 'Green'}])
     tb_highlight(winid, 'ToolBar')
     tb_get(winid)
@@ -135,12 +200,6 @@ What if there is an invalid character?
 
 Json string with trailing \u should be an error. (Lcd)
 
-On MS-Windows with 'clipboard' set to "unnamed" this doesn't work to double
-lines: :g/^/normal yyp   On Unix it works OK.  (Bryce Orgill, 2016 Nov 5)
-Another example 2017 Mar 10.
-
-Multi-byte bug: dv} splits char. (Urtica Dioica, 2017 Jan 9)
-
 When session file has name in argument list but the buffer was deleted, the
 buffer is not deleted when using the session file. (#1393)
 Should add the buffer in hidden state.
@@ -148,20 +207,14 @@ Should add the buffer in hidden state.
 When an item in the quickfix list has a file name that does not exist, behave
 like the item was not a match for :cnext.
 
-Patch to test regexp classes. (Dominique, 2017 Mar 13, #1560)
-Do we need to adjust the implementation?
-Make different classes that depend on the system and that don't.
-
 Wrong diff highlighting with three files. (2016 Oct 20, #1186)
 Also get E749 on exit.
 Another example in #1309
 
 Patch to change all use of &sw to shiftwidth(). (Tyru, 2017 Feb 19)
+Takuya Fujiwara
 Wait until maintainers integrate it.
 
-Completion for user-defined commands does not work if a few characters were
-already typed. (Dominique, 2017 Jan 26)
-
 When deleting a mark or register, leave a tombstone, so that it's also deleted
 when writing viminfo (and the delete was the most recent action). #1339
 
@@ -172,6 +225,10 @@ Error in test_startup_utf8 on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2016 Aug 17)
 
 Completion for :!cmd shows each match twice. #1435
 
+Patch to change GUI behavior: instead of changing the window size change the
+lines/columns when menu/toolbar/etc. is added/removed. (Ychin, 2016 Mar 20,
+#703)
+
 GTK: When adding a timer from 'balloonexpr' it won't fire, because
 g_main_context_iteration() doesn't return.  Need to trigger an event when the
 timer expires.
@@ -206,6 +263,10 @@ writefile() does not abort as soon as an error is found. (Nikolai Pavlov,
 Patch to support on-the-spot and over-the-spot input method. (Ken Takata, 2017
 Feb 14).
 
+Change the Farsi code to work with UTF-8.  Possibly combined with the Arabic
+support, or similar.
+Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2)
+
 Add a command to take a range of lines, filter them and put the output
 somewhere else.  :{range}copy {dest} !cmd
 
@@ -218,6 +279,9 @@ Patch for restoring wide characters in the console buffer.
 Patch to fix escaping of job arguments. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Oct 5)
 Update Oct 14: https://gist.github.com/mattn/d47e7d3bfe5ade4be86062b565a4bfca
 
+Characters deleted on completion. (Adrià Farrés, 2017 Apr 20, #1645)
+Remarks from Christian Brabandt (Apr 21)
+
 The TermResponse event is not triggered when a plugin has set 'eventignore' to
 "all".  Netrw does this. (Gary Johnson, 2017 Jan 24)
 Postpone the event until 'eventignore' is reset.
@@ -225,6 +289,8 @@ Postpone the event until 'eventignore' is reset.
 Patch to make urxvt mouse work better, recognize Esc[*M termcap code.
 (Maurice Bos, 2017 Feb 17, #1486)
 
+Expanding /**/ is slow.  Idea by Luc Hermitte, 2017 Apr 14.
+
 Once .exe with updated installer is available: Add remark to download page
 about /S and /D options (Ken Takata, 2016 Apr 13)
 Or point to nightly builds: https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases
@@ -256,8 +322,13 @@ Patch for wrong cursor position on wrapped line, involving breakindent.
 (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Nov 25)
 Does this also fix #1408 ?
 
+Patch to add "module" to quickfix entries. (Coot, 2017 Jun 8, #1757)
+
 Patch for 'cursorlinenr' option. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Nov 30)
 
+When 'completeopt' has "noselect" does not insert a newline. (Lifepillar, 2017
+Apr 23, #1653)
+
 Window resizing with 'winfixheight': With a vertical split the height changes
 anyway. (Tommy allen, 2017 Feb 21, #1502)
 
@@ -302,11 +373,21 @@ Patch to add "cmdline" completion to getcompletion(). (Shougo, Oct 1, #1140)
 Feature request: Complete members of a dictionary. (Luc Hermitte, 2017 Jan 4,
 #1350)
 
+Undo message is not always properly displayed.  Patch by Ken Takata, 2013 oct
+3.  Doesn't work properly according to Yukihiro Nakadaira.
+Also see #1635.
+
 Patch for systemlist(), add empty item. (thinca, Sep 30, #1135)
 Add an argument to choose binary or non-binary (like readfile()), when omitted
 use the current behavior.
 Include the test.
 
+Patch to add tagfunc().  Cleaned up by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 22.
+New update 2017 Apr 10, #1628
+
+Unnamed register only contains the last deleted text when appending deleted
+text to a register. (Wolfgang Jeltsch, reproduced by Ben Fritz, 2017 Apr 10)
+
 When 'keywordprg' starts with ":" the argument is still escaped as a shell
 command argument. (Romain Lafourcade, 2016 Oct 16, #1175)
 
@@ -352,30 +433,20 @@ Jul 25, #948)
 Patch to fix wrong encoding of error message on Cygwin/MSYS terminal.
 (Ken Takata, 2016 Oct 4)
 
-Patch to introduce 'cmdencoding'. (Ken Takata, Aug 18?)
-Better help Aug 19.
-Problem: applies to too many commands, such as :cbuffer.
-Updated patch with three options, 2016 Sep 8.
-    Win32: When running ":make" and 'encoding' differs from the system locale,
-    the output should be converted.  Esp. when 'encoding' is "utf-8". (Yongwei
-    Wu) Should we use 'termencoding' for this?
-
 Patch to add 'systemencoding', convert between 'encoding' and this for file
 names, shell commands and the like.  (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 14)
 Assume the system converts between the actual encoding of the filesystem to
 the system encoding (usually utf-8).
 
-'hlsearch' interferes with a Conceal match. (Rom Grk, 2016 Aug 9)
+Using ":tab drop file" does not trigger BufEnter or TabEnter events.
+(Andy Stewart, 2017 Apr 27, #1660)
+Autocommands blocked in do_arg_all().  Supposed to happen later?
 
-Patch to add context information to quickfix/location list. (Yegappan
-Lakshmanan, 2016 Aug 25, #1012)
+'hlsearch' interferes with a Conceal match. (Rom Grk, 2016 Aug 9)
 
 MS-Windows: use WS_HIDE instead of SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE in os_win32.c?
 Otherwise task flickers in taskbar.
 
-Bogus characters inserted when triggering indent while changing test.
-(Vitor Antunes, 2016 Nov 22, #1269)
-
 Should make ":@r" handle line continuation. (Cesar Romani, 2016 Jun 26)
 Also for ":@.".
 
@@ -395,9 +466,6 @@ This does not work: :set cscopequickfix=a-
 
 Possibly wrong value for seq_cur. (Florent Fayolle, 2016 May 15, #806)
 
-Patch to add separate highlighting for quickfix current line.
-(anishsane, 2016 Sep 16, #1080)
-
 Filetype plugin for awk. (Doug Kearns, 2016 Sep 5)
 
 Patch to improve map documentation. Issue #799.
@@ -432,7 +500,10 @@ When doing "vi buf.md" a BufNew autocommand for *.md is not triggered.
 Because of using the initial buffer? (Dun Peal, 2016 May 12)
 
 Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
-Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858
+Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858  Update 2017 Mar 28: use <buffer>
+
+Patch to fix that an encoding conversion failure results in a corrupted or
+empty file. (Christian Brabandt, #1765, https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-mq-patches/blob/master/conversion_error)
 
 Add redrawtabline command. (Naruhiko Nishino, 2016 Jun 11)
 
@@ -442,6 +513,8 @@ No test, needs some work to include.
 Patch to improve indenting for C++ constructor with initializer list.
 (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Mar 31)
 
+Zero-out krypt key information when no longer in use. (Ben Fritz, 2017 May 15)
+
 Add stronger encryption.  Could use libsodium (NaCl).
 https://github.com/jedisct1/libsodium/
 Possibly include the needed code so that it can be build everywhere.
@@ -491,10 +564,6 @@ When command names are very long :command output is difficult to read.  Use a
 maximum for the column width?  (#871)
 Patcy by varmanishant, 2016 Jun 18, #876
 
-Patch to change GUI behavior: instead of changing the window size change the
-lines/columns when menu/toolbar/etc. is added/removed. (Ychin, 2016 Mar 20,
-#703)
-
 Installation of .desktop files does not work everywhere.
 It's now fixed, but the target directory probably isn't right.
 Add configure check?
@@ -613,7 +682,8 @@ Value of virtcol() for '[ and '] depend on multi-byte character.
 (Luchr, #277)
 
 Can we cache the syntax attributes, so that updates for 'relativenumber' and
-'cursorline'/'cursorcolumn' are a lot faster?
+'cursorline'/'cursorcolumn' are a lot faster?  Thus store the attributes
+before combining them.
 
 C highlighting: modern C allows: /* comment */ #ifdef
 and also line continuation after #include.
@@ -928,11 +998,6 @@ Patch to handle integer overflow. (Aaron Burrow, 2013 Dec 12)
 Patch to add "ntab" item in 'listchars' to repeat first character. (Nathaniel
 Braun, pragm, 2013 Oct 13)  A better solution 2014 Mar 5.
 
-Undo message is not always properly displayed.  Patch by Ken Takata, 2013 oct
-3.  Doesn't work properly according to Yukihiro Nakadaira.
-
-/[b-a] gives error E16, should probably be E769.
-
 7   Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow
     pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to
     "lucida_console:h8").
@@ -1095,8 +1160,6 @@ MS-Windows resizing problems:
 Patch to append regexp to tag commands to make it possible to select one out
 of many matches. (Cody Cutler, 2013 Mar 28)
 
-Patch to add tagfunc().  Cleaned up by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 22.
-
 The input map for CTRL-O in mswin.vim causes problems after CTRL-X CTRL-O.
 Suggestion for another map. (Philip Mat, 2012 Jun 18)
 But use "gi" instead of "a".  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O.
@@ -1522,8 +1585,6 @@ When a:base in 'completefunc' starts with a number it's passed as a number,
 not a string. (Sean Ma)  Need to add flag to call_func_retlist() to force a
 string value.
 
-Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2)
-
 For running gvim on a USB stick: avoid the OLE registration.  Use a command
 line argument -noregister.
 

runtime/doc/usr_09.txt

@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ mouse button.  The selected text will be inserted.
 The "current selection" will only remain valid until some other text is
 selected.  After doing the paste in the other gVim, now select some characters
 in that window.  You will notice that the words that were previously selected
-in the other gVim window are displayed differently.  This means that it no
+in the other gvim window are displayed differently.  This means that it no
 longer is the current selection.
 
 You don't need to select text with the mouse, using the keyboard commands for
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ USING BOTH
 
 This use of both the "current selection" and the "real clipboard" might sound
 a bit confusing.  But it is very useful.  Let's show this with an example.
-Use one gVim with a text file and perform these actions:
+Use one gvim with a text file and perform these actions:
 
 -  Select two words in Visual mode.
 -  Use the Edit/Copy menu to get these words onto the clipboard.

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 09
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 28
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -889,6 +889,7 @@ GUI:						*gui-functions*
 
 Vim server:					*server-functions*
 	serverlist()		return the list of server names
+	remote_startserve()	run a server
 	remote_send()		send command characters to a Vim server
 	remote_expr()		evaluate an expression in a Vim server
 	server2client()		send a reply to a client of a Vim server
@@ -920,6 +921,7 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	assert_true()		assert that an expression is true
 	assert_exception()	assert that a command throws an exception
 	assert_fails()		assert that a function call fails
+	assert_report()		report a test failure
 	test_alloc_fail()	make memory allocation fail
 	test_autochdir()	enable 'autochdir' during startup
 	test_override()		test with Vim internal overrides
@@ -2275,8 +2277,8 @@ plugin for the mail filetype: >
 	endif
 
 Two global variables are used:
-no_plugin_maps		disables mappings for all filetype plugins
-no_mail_maps		disables mappings for a specific filetype
+|no_plugin_maps|	disables mappings for all filetype plugins
+|no_mail_maps|		disables mappings for the "mail" filetype
 
 
 USER COMMANDS

runtime/doc/usr_44.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_44.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2008 Dec 28
+*usr_44.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 May 06
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ that included files do this too, you might have to reset "b:current_syntax" if
 you include two files.
 
 If you want your syntax file to work with Vim 5.x, add a check for v:version.
-See yacc.vim for an example.
+Find an syntax file in the Vim 7.2 distribution for an example.
 
 Do not include anything that is a user preference.  Don't set 'tabstop',
 'expandtab', etc.  These belong in a filetype plugin.

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -9250,7 +9250,7 @@ Files:	    runtime/doc/various.txt, src/ex_cmds.h, src/ex_docmd.c,
 	    src/proto/quickfix.pro, src/quickfix.c
 
 Patch 6.1.424 (extra)
-Problem:    Win32: Gvim compiled with VC++ 7.0 run on Windows 95 does not show
+Problem:    Win32: gvim compiled with VC++ 7.0 run on Windows 95 does not show
 	    menu items.
 Solution:   Define $WINVER to avoid an extra item is added to MENUITEMINFO.
 	    (Muraoka Taro)
@@ -12319,7 +12319,7 @@ Solution:   Don't ignore the WM_SYSKEYUP event when the menu is disabled.
 Files:	    src/gui_w32.c
 
 Patch 6.2.362 (extra, after 6.2.347)
-Problem:    Win32: The manifest causes Gvim not to work. (Dave Roberts)
+Problem:    Win32: The manifest causes gvim not to work. (Dave Roberts)
 Solution:   Change "x86" to "X86". (Serge Pirotte)
 Files:	    src/gvim.exe.mnf
 

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -4151,7 +4151,7 @@ Patch 7.0.173
 Problem:    ":call f().TT()" doesn't work.  (Richard Emberson)
 Solution:   When a function returns a Dictionary or another composite continue
 	    evaluating what follows.
-Files:	    src/eval.c    
+Files:	    src/eval.c
 
 Patch 7.0.174
 Problem:    ":mksession" doesn't restore window layout correctly in tab pages
@@ -4265,7 +4265,7 @@ Problem:    When 'swapfile' is switched off in an empty file it is possible
 	    that not all blocks are loaded into memory, causing ml_get errors
 	    later.
 Solution:   Rename "dont_release" to "mf_dont_release" and also use it to
-	    avoid using the cached line and locked block. 
+	    avoid using the cached line and locked block.
 Files:	    src/globals.h, src/memfile.c, src/memline.c
 
 Patch 7.0.193
@@ -6031,7 +6031,7 @@ Solution:   Add type casts. (Ben Schmidt)
 Files:	    src/version.c
 
 Patch 7.1.207
-Problem:    Netbeans: "remove" cannot delete one line. 
+Problem:    Netbeans: "remove" cannot delete one line.
 Solution:   Remove partial lines and whole lines properly.  Avoid a memory
 	    leak.  (Xavier de Gaye)
 Files:	    src/netbeans.c
@@ -7991,7 +7991,7 @@ Files:	    src/ex_cmds.c
 
 Patch 7.2.097
 Problem:    "!xterm&" doesn't work when 'shell' is "bash".
-Solution:   Ignore SIGHUP after calling setsid(). (Simon Schubert) 
+Solution:   Ignore SIGHUP after calling setsid(). (Simon Schubert)
 Files:	    src/os_unix.c
 
 Patch 7.2.098
@@ -8740,7 +8740,7 @@ Files:	    src/gui_gtk_x11.c, src/message.c, src/ops.c, src/proto/ui.pro,
 	    src/ui.c
 
 Patch 7.2.222
-Problem:   ":mksession" doesn't work properly with 'acd' set. 
+Problem:   ":mksession" doesn't work properly with 'acd' set.
 Solution:   Make it work. (Yakov Lerner)
 Files:	    src/ex_docmd.c
 
@@ -9150,7 +9150,7 @@ Solution:   Add the missing "else". (Lech Lorens)
 Files:	    src/ops.c
 
 Patch 7.2.293
-Problem:    When setting 'comments' option it may be used in a wrong way. 
+Problem:    When setting 'comments' option it may be used in a wrong way.
 Solution:   Don't increment after skipping over digits. (Yukihiro Nakadaira)
 Files:	    src/misc1.c
 
@@ -10191,32 +10191,32 @@ More information here: |two-engines|
 Better Python interface				*better-python-interface*
 -----------------------
 
-Added |python-bindeval| function. Unlike |python-eval| this one returns 
-|python-Dictionary|, |python-List| and |python-Function| objects for 
-dictionaries lists and functions respectively in place of their Python 
+Added |python-bindeval| function. Unlike |python-eval| this one returns
+|python-Dictionary|, |python-List| and |python-Function| objects for
+dictionaries lists and functions respectively in place of their Python
 built-in equivalents (or None if we are talking about function references).
-   For simple types this function returns Python built-in types and not only 
-Python `str()` like |python-eval| does. On Python 3 it will return `bytes()` 
+   For simple types this function returns Python built-in types and not only
+Python `str()` like |python-eval| does. On Python 3 it will return `bytes()`
 objects in place of `str()` ones avoiding possibility of UnicodeDecodeError.
    Interface of new objects mimics standard Python `dict()` and `list()`
 interfaces to some extent. Extent will be improved in the future.
 
-Added special |python-vars| objects also available for |python-buffer| and 
+Added special |python-vars| objects also available for |python-buffer| and
 |python-window|. They ease access to Vim script variables from Python.
 
-Now you no longer need to alter `sys.path` to import your module: special 
-hooks are responsible for importing from {rtp}/python2, {rtp}/python3 and 
-{rtp}/pythonx directories (for Python 2, Python 3 and both respectively). 
+Now you no longer need to alter `sys.path` to import your module: special
+hooks are responsible for importing from {rtp}/python2, {rtp}/python3 and
+{rtp}/pythonx directories (for Python 2, Python 3 and both respectively).
 See |python-special-path|.
 
 Added possibility to work with |tabpage|s through |python-tabpage| object.
 
-Added automatic conversion of Vim errors and exceptions to Python 
+Added automatic conversion of Vim errors and exceptions to Python
 exceptions.
 
-Changed the behavior of the |python-buffers| object: it now uses buffer numbers 
-as keys in place of the index of the buffer in the internal buffer list. 
-This should not break anything as the only way to get this index was 
+Changed the behavior of the |python-buffers| object: it now uses buffer numbers
+as keys in place of the index of the buffer in the internal buffer list.
+This should not break anything as the only way to get this index was
 iterating over |python-buffers|.
 
 Added |:pydo| and |:py3do| commands.
@@ -10226,7 +10226,7 @@ Added the |pyeval()| and |py3eval()| functions.
 Now in all places which previously accepted `str()` objects, `str()` and
 `unicode()` (Python 2) or `bytes()` and `str()` (Python 3) are accepted.
 
-|python-window| has gained `.col` and `.row` attributes that are currently 
+|python-window| has gained `.col` and `.row` attributes that are currently
 the only way to get internal window positions.
 
 Added or fixed support for `dir()` in Vim Python objects.
@@ -10235,12 +10235,12 @@ Added or fixed support for `dir()` in Vim Python objects.
 Changed							*changed-7.4*
 -------
 
-Old Python versions (≤2.2) are no longer supported. Building with them did 
+Old Python versions (≤2.2) are no longer supported. Building with them did
 not work anyway.
 
 Options:
-	Added ability to automatically save the selection into the system 
-	clipboard when using non-GUI version of Vim (autoselectplus in 
+	Added ability to automatically save the selection into the system
+	clipboard when using non-GUI version of Vim (autoselectplus in
 	'clipboard'). Also added ability to use the system clipboard as
 	default register (previously only primary selection could be used).
 	(Ivan Krasilnikov, Christian Brabandt, Bram Moolenaar)
@@ -10255,12 +10255,12 @@ Options:
 	'relativenumber'.  (Christian Brabandt)
 
 Commands:
-	|:diffoff| now saves the local values of some settings and restores 
-	them in place of blindly resetting them to the defaults. (Christian 
+	|:diffoff| now saves the local values of some settings and restores
+	them in place of blindly resetting them to the defaults. (Christian
 	Brabandt)
 
 Other:
-	Lua interface now also uses userdata binded to Vim structures. (Taro 
+	Lua interface now also uses userdata binded to Vim structures. (Taro
 	Muraoka, Luis Carvalho)
 
 	glob() and autocommand patterns used to work with the undocumented
@@ -10285,74 +10285,74 @@ Functions:
 
 	Added |wildmenumode()| function. (Christian Brabandt)
 
-	Debugging functions: |screenattr()|, |screenchar()|, |screencol()|, 
+	Debugging functions: |screenattr()|, |screenchar()|, |screencol()|,
 	|screenrow()|. (Simon Ruderich, Bram Moolenaar)
 
-	Added ability to use |Dictionary-function|s for |sort()|ing, via 
+	Added ability to use |Dictionary-function|s for |sort()|ing, via
 	optional third argument. (Nikolay Pavlov)
 
-	Added special |expand()| argument that expands to the current line 
+	Added special |expand()| argument that expands to the current line
 	number.
 
-	Made it possible to force |char2nr()| to always give unicode codepoints 
+	Made it possible to force |char2nr()| to always give unicode codepoints
 	regardless of current encoding. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
 
-	Made it possible for functions generating file list generate |List| 
-	and not NL-separated string. (e.g. |glob()|, |expand()|) (Christian 
+	Made it possible for functions generating file list generate |List|
+	and not NL-separated string. (e.g. |glob()|, |expand()|) (Christian
 	Brabandt)
 
-	Functions that obtain variables from the specific window, tabpage or 
-	buffer scope dictionary can now return specified default value in 
-	place of empty string in case variable is not found. (|gettabvar()|, 
+	Functions that obtain variables from the specific window, tabpage or
+	buffer scope dictionary can now return specified default value in
+	place of empty string in case variable is not found. (|gettabvar()|,
 	|getwinvar()|, |getbufvar()|) (Shougo Matsushita, Hirohito Higashi)
 
 Autocommands:
-	Added |InsertCharPre| event launched before inserting character. 
+	Added |InsertCharPre| event launched before inserting character.
 	(Jakson A. Aquino)
 
-	Added |CompleteDone| event launched after finishing completion in 
+	Added |CompleteDone| event launched after finishing completion in
 	insert mode. (idea by Florian Klein)
 
-	Added |QuitPre| event launched when commands that can either close Vim 
+	Added |QuitPre| event launched when commands that can either close Vim
 	or only some window(s) are launched.
 
-	Added |TextChanged| and |TextChangedI| events launched when text is 
+	Added |TextChanged| and |TextChangedI| events launched when text is
 	changed.
 
 Commands:
 	|:syntime| command useful for debugging.
 
-	Made it possible to remove all signs from the current buffer using 
+	Made it possible to remove all signs from the current buffer using
 	|:sign-unplace|. (Christian Brabandt)
 
 	Added |:language| autocompletion. (Dominique Pelle)
 
-	Added more |:command-complete| completion types: |:behave| suboptions, 
-	color schemes, compilers, |:cscope| suboptions, files from 'path', 
-	|:history| suboptions, locale names, |:syntime| suboptions, user 
+	Added more |:command-complete| completion types: |:behave| suboptions,
+	color schemes, compilers, |:cscope| suboptions, files from 'path',
+	|:history| suboptions, locale names, |:syntime| suboptions, user
 	names. (Dominique Pelle)
 
-	Added |:map-nowait| creating mapping which when having lhs that is the 
-	prefix of another mapping’s lhs will not allow Vim to wait for user to 
-	type more characters to resolve ambiguity, forcing Vim to take the 
+	Added |:map-nowait| creating mapping which when having lhs that is the
+	prefix of another mapping’s lhs will not allow Vim to wait for user to
+	type more characters to resolve ambiguity, forcing Vim to take the
 	shorter alternative: one with <nowait>.
 
 Options:
 	Made it possible to ignore case when completing: 'wildignorecase'.
 
-	Added ability to delete comment leader when using |J| by `j` flag in 
+	Added ability to delete comment leader when using |J| by `j` flag in
 	'formatoptions' (|fo-table|). (Lech Lorens)
 
-	Added ability to control indentation inside namespaces: |cino-N|. 
+	Added ability to control indentation inside namespaces: |cino-N|.
 	(Konstantin Lepa)
 
-	Added ability to control alignment inside `if` condition separately 
+	Added ability to control alignment inside `if` condition separately
 	from alignment inside function arguments: |cino-k|. (Lech Lorens)
 
 Other:
 	Improved support for cmd.exe. (Ben Fritz, Bram Moolenaar)
 
-	Added |v:windowid| variable containing current window number in GUI 
+	Added |v:windowid| variable containing current window number in GUI
 	Vim. (Christian J. Robinson, Lech Lorens)
 
 	Added rxvt-unicode and SGR mouse support. (Yiding Jia, Hayaki Saito)
@@ -11923,7 +11923,7 @@ Solution:   Pass the separator character to in_history(). (Taro Muraoka)
 Files:	    src/ex_getln.c
 
 Patch 7.3.266
-Problem:    In Gvim with iBus typing space in Insert mode doesn't work.
+Problem:    In gvim with iBus typing space in Insert mode doesn't work.
 Solution:   Clear xim_expected_char after checking it.
 Files:	    src/mbyte.c
 
@@ -11938,7 +11938,7 @@ Solution:   Use O_NOCTTY both in the master and slave. (Bjorn Winckler)
 Files:	    src/os_unix.c
 
 Patch 7.3.269
-Problem:    'shellcmdflag' only works with one flag. 
+Problem:    'shellcmdflag' only works with one flag.
 Solution:   Split into multiple arguments. (Gary Johnson)
 Files:	    src/os_unix.c
 
@@ -13118,7 +13118,7 @@ Files:	    src/ops.c
 Patch 7.3.477
 Problem:    Using ":echo" to output enough lines to scroll, then using "j" and
 	    "k" at the more prompt, displays the command on top of the output.
-	    (Marcin Szamotulski) 
+	    (Marcin Szamotulski)
 Solution:   Put the output below the command. (Christian Brabandt)
 Files:	    src/eval.c
 
@@ -13371,7 +13371,7 @@ Solution:   Recognize completefunction returning -3.  (Matsushita Shougo)
 Files:	    src/edit.c
 
 Patch 7.3.520
-Problem:    Gvim starts up slow on Ubuntu 12.04.
+Problem:    gvim starts up slow on Ubuntu 12.04.
 Solution:   Move the call to gui_mch_init_check() to after fork(). (Yasuhiro
 	    Matsumoto)  Do check $DISPLAY being set.
 Files:	    src/gui.c, src/gui_gtk_x11.c, src/proto/gui_gtk_x11.pro
@@ -13424,7 +13424,7 @@ Solution:   Make the count select that many characters or lines. (Christian
 Files:	    src/normal.c
 
 Patch 7.3.530 (after 7.3.520)
-Problem:    Gvim does not work when 'guioptions' includes "f". (Davido)
+Problem:    gvim does not work when 'guioptions' includes "f". (Davido)
 Solution:   Call gui_mch_init_check() when running GUI in the foreground.
 	    (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
 Files:	    src/gui.c
@@ -14287,7 +14287,7 @@ Files:	    Filelist
 Patch 7.3.682 (after 7.3.677)
 Problem:    Compiler complains about incompatible types.
 Solution:   Remove type casts. (hint by Danek Duvall)
-Files:	    src/edit.c 
+Files:	    src/edit.c
 
 Patch 7.3.683
 Problem:    ":python" may crash when vimbindeval() returns None.
@@ -16340,7 +16340,7 @@ Solution:   Avoid negative argument to vim_strncpy(). (Narendran
 Files:	    src/if_cscope.c
 
 Patch 7.3.1039
-Problem:    New regexp engine does not support \%23c, \%<23c and the like. 
+Problem:    New regexp engine does not support \%23c, \%<23c and the like.
 Solution:   Implement them. (partly by Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
 Files:	    src/regexp.h, src/regexp_nfa.c, src/testdir/test64.in,
 	    src/testdir/test64.ok
@@ -17552,9 +17552,9 @@ Solution:   Specify a separate viminfo file.
 Files:	    src/testdir/test61.in
 
 Patch 7.3.1252
-Problem:    Gvim does not find the toolbar bitmap files in ~/vimfiles/bitmaps
+Problem:    gvim does not find the toolbar bitmap files in ~/vimfiles/bitmaps
 	    if the corresponding menu command contains additional characters
-	    like the shortcut marker '&' or if you use a non-english locale.  
+	    like the shortcut marker '&' or if you use a non-english locale.
 Solution:   Use menu->en_dname or menu->dname. (Martin Gieseking)
 Files:	    src/gui_w32.c
 
@@ -18175,7 +18175,7 @@ Files:	    src/window.c
 
 Patch 7.4a.045
 Problem:    Configure does not always find the right library for Lua.  Missing
-	    support for LuaJit. 
+	    support for LuaJit.
 Solution:   Improve the configure detection of Lua. (Hiroshi Shirosaki)
 Files:	    src/Makefile, src/configure.in, src/auto/configure
 

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Mar 13
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 22
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@ func! s:StarSetf(ft)
   endif
 endfunc
 
+" Vim help file
+au BufNewFile,BufRead $VIMRUNTIME/doc/*.txt	setf help
+
 " Abaqus or Trasys
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.inp			call s:Check_inp()
 
@@ -288,7 +291,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bib			setf bib
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bst			setf bst
 
 " BIND configuration
-au BufNewFile,BufRead named.conf,rndc.conf	setf named
+" sudoedit uses namedXXXX.conf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead named*.conf,rndc*.conf	setf named
 
 " BIND zone
 au BufNewFile,BufRead named.root		setf bindzone
@@ -309,9 +313,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bl			setf blank
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/blkid.tab,*/etc/blkid.tab.old   setf xml
 
 " Bazel (http://bazel.io)
-autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.bzl,WORKSPACE setfiletype bzl
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.bzl,WORKSPACE 	setf bzl
 if has("fname_case")
-  autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile BUILD setfiletype bzl
+  " There is another check for BUILD further below.
+  autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile BUILD		setf bzl
 endif
 
 " C or lpc
@@ -979,7 +984,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/initng/*/*.i,*.ii	setf initng
 
 " Innovation Data Processing
 au BufRead,BufNewFile upstream.dat\c,upstream.*.dat\c,*.upstream.dat\c 	setf upstreamdat
-au BufRead,BufNewFile upstream.log\c,upstream.*.log\c,*.upstream.log\c 	setf upstreamlog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile fdrupstream.log,upstream.log\c,upstream.*.log\c,*.upstream.log\c,UPSTREAM-*.log\c 	setf upstreamlog
 au BufRead,BufNewFile upstreaminstall.log\c,upstreaminstall.*.log\c,*.upstreaminstall.log\c setf upstreaminstalllog
 au BufRead,BufNewFile usserver.log\c,usserver.*.log\c,*.usserver.log\c 	setf usserverlog
 au BufRead,BufNewFile usw2kagt.log\c,usw2kagt.*.log\c,*.usw2kagt.log\c 	setf usw2kagtlog
@@ -1179,14 +1184,21 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,*.mdwn,*.md  setf markdown
 " Mason
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mason,*.mhtml,*.comp	setf mason
 
-" Matlab or Objective C
+" Mathematica, Matlab, Murphi or Objective C
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.m			call s:FTm()
 
 func! s:FTm()
   let n = 1
-  while n < 10
+  let saw_comment = 0 " Whether we've seen a multiline comment leader.
+  while n < 100
     let line = getline(n)
-    if line =~ '^\s*\(#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|@import\>\|/\*\|//\)'
+    if line =~ '^\s*/\*'
+      " /* ... */ is a comment in Objective C and Murphi, so we can't conclude
+      " it's either of them yet, but track this as a hint in case we don't see
+      " anything more definitive.
+      let saw_comment = 1
+    endif
+    if line =~ '^\s*\(#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|@import\>\|//\)'
       setf objc
       return
     endif
@@ -1198,11 +1210,23 @@ func! s:FTm()
       setf mma
       return
     endif
+    if line =~ '^\c\s*\(\(type\|var\)\>\|--\)'
+      setf murphi
+      return
+    endif
     let n = n + 1
   endwhile
-  if exists("g:filetype_m")
+
+  if saw_comment
+    " We didn't see anything definitive, but this looks like either Objective C
+    " or Murphi based on the comment leader. Assume the former as it is more
+    " common.
+    setf objc
+  elseif exists("g:filetype_m")
+    " Use user specified default filetype for .m
     exe "setf " . g:filetype_m
   else
+    " Default is matlab
     setf matlab
   endif
 endfunc
@@ -1417,7 +1441,7 @@ if has("fname_case")
 else
   au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pl			call s:FTpl()
 endif
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.plx,*.al		setf perl
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.plx,*.al,*.psgi		setf perl
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.p6,*.pm6,*.pl6		setf perl6
 
 func! s:FTpl()
@@ -1805,6 +1829,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sa			setf sather
 " Scala
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scala			setf scala
 
+" SBT - Scala Build Tool
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sbt			setf sbt
+
 " Scilab
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sci,*.sce		setf scilab
 
@@ -2131,7 +2158,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead ssh_config,*/.ssh/config	setf sshconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead sshd_config		setf sshdconfig
 
 " Stata
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ado,*.class,*.do,*.imata,*.mata   setf stata
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ado,*.do,*.imata,*.mata	setf stata
+" Also *.class, but not when it's a Java bytecode file
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.class
+	\ if getline(1) !~ "^\xca\xfe\xba\xbe" | setf stata | endif
 
 " SMCL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hlp,*.ihlp,*.smcl	setf smcl
@@ -2226,6 +2256,8 @@ func! s:FTtex()
     let format = tolower(matchstr(firstline, '\a\+'))
     let format = substitute(format, 'pdf', '', '')
     if format == 'tex'
+      let format = 'latex'
+    elseif format == 'plaintex'
       let format = 'plain'
     endif
   else
@@ -2601,6 +2633,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *asterisk*/*voicemail.conf* call s:StarSetf('asteriskvm')
 " Bazaar version control
 au BufNewFile,BufRead bzr_log.*			setf bzr
 
+" Bazel build file
+if !has("fname_case")
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead BUILD			setf bzl
+endif
+
 " BIND zone
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */named/db.*,*/bind/db.*	call s:StarSetf('bindzone')
 
@@ -2752,7 +2789,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')
 
 " Plain text files, needs to be far down to not override others.  This avoids
 " the "conf" type being used if there is a line starting with '#'.
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.txt,*.text,README	setf text
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.text,README		setf text
+
+" Help files match *.txt but should have a last line that is a modeline.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.txt	
+	\  if getline('$') !~ 'vim:.*ft=help'
+	\|   setf text
+	\| endif
 
 
 " Use the filetype detect plugins.  They may overrule any of the previously
@@ -2764,12 +2807,12 @@ runtime! ftdetect/*.vim
 " state.
 augroup END
 
-" Generic configuration file (check this last, it's just guessing!)
+" Generic configuration file. Use FALLBACK, it's just guessing!
 au filetypedetect BufNewFile,BufRead,StdinReadPost *
 	\ if !did_filetype() && expand("<amatch>") !~ g:ft_ignore_pat
 	\    && (getline(1) =~ '^#' || getline(2) =~ '^#' || getline(3) =~ '^#'
 	\	|| getline(4) =~ '^#' || getline(5) =~ '^#') |
-	\   setf conf |
+	\   setf FALLBACK conf |
 	\ endif
 
 

runtime/ftplugin/hamster.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:    Hamster Script
 " Version:     2.0.6.0
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Last Change: 2017 Mar 07
+" Last Change: 2017 Mar 18
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -14,7 +14,6 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
-set cpo-=C
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< tw< commentstring<"
 	\ . "| unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:match_skip"

runtime/ftplugin/rust.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+" Language:     Rust
+" Description:  Vim ftplugin for Rust
+" Maintainer:   Chris Morgan <me@chrismorgan.info>
+" Maintainer:   Kevin Ballard <kevin@sb.org>
+" Last Change:  June 08, 2016
+" For bugs, patches and license go to https://github.com/rust-lang/rust.vim 
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+	finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+augroup rust.vim
+autocmd!
+
+" Variables {{{1
+
+" The rust source code at present seems to typically omit a leader on /*!
+" comments, so we'll use that as our default, but make it easy to switch.
+" This does not affect indentation at all (I tested it with and without
+" leader), merely whether a leader is inserted by default or not.
+if exists("g:rust_bang_comment_leader") && g:rust_bang_comment_leader != 0
+	" Why is the `,s0:/*,mb:\ ,ex:*/` there, you ask? I don't understand why,
+	" but without it, */ gets indented one space even if there were no
+	" leaders. I'm fairly sure that's a Vim bug.
+	setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,s0:/*,mb:\ ,ex:*/,:///,://!,://
+else
+	setlocal comments=s0:/*!,m:\ ,ex:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:///,://!,://
+endif
+setlocal commentstring=//%s
+setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croqnl
+" j was only added in 7.3.541, so stop complaints about its nonexistence
+silent! setlocal formatoptions+=j
+
+" smartindent will be overridden by indentexpr if filetype indent is on, but
+" otherwise it's better than nothing.
+setlocal smartindent nocindent
+
+if !exists("g:rust_recommended_style") || g:rust_recommended_style != 0
+	setlocal tabstop=4 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
+	setlocal textwidth=99
+endif
+
+" This includeexpr isn't perfect, but it's a good start
+setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g')
+
+setlocal suffixesadd=.rs
+
+if exists("g:ftplugin_rust_source_path")
+    let &l:path=g:ftplugin_rust_source_path . ',' . &l:path
+endif
+
+if exists("g:loaded_delimitMate")
+	if exists("b:delimitMate_excluded_regions")
+		let b:rust_original_delimitMate_excluded_regions = b:delimitMate_excluded_regions
+	endif
+
+	let s:delimitMate_extra_excluded_regions = ',rustLifetimeCandidate,rustGenericLifetimeCandidate'
+
+	" For this buffer, when delimitMate issues the `User delimitMate_map`
+	" event in the autocommand system, add the above-defined extra excluded
+	" regions to delimitMate's state, if they have not already been added.
+	autocmd User <buffer>
+		\ if expand('<afile>') ==# 'delimitMate_map' && match(
+		\     delimitMate#Get("excluded_regions"),
+		\     s:delimitMate_extra_excluded_regions) == -1
+		\|  let b:delimitMate_excluded_regions =
+		\       delimitMate#Get("excluded_regions")
+		\       . s:delimitMate_extra_excluded_regions
+		\|endif
+
+	" For this buffer, when delimitMate issues the `User delimitMate_unmap`
+	" event in the autocommand system, delete the above-defined extra excluded
+	" regions from delimitMate's state (the deletion being idempotent and
+	" having no effect if the extra excluded regions are not present in the
+	" targeted part of delimitMate's state).
+	autocmd User <buffer>
+		\ if expand('<afile>') ==# 'delimitMate_unmap'
+		\|  let b:delimitMate_excluded_regions = substitute(
+		\       delimitMate#Get("excluded_regions"),
+		\       '\C\V' . s:delimitMate_extra_excluded_regions,
+		\       '', 'g')
+		\|endif
+endif
+
+if has("folding") && exists('g:rust_fold') && g:rust_fold != 0
+	let b:rust_set_foldmethod=1
+	setlocal foldmethod=syntax
+	if g:rust_fold == 2
+		setlocal foldlevel<
+	else
+		setlocal foldlevel=99
+	endif
+endif
+
+if has('conceal') && exists('g:rust_conceal') && g:rust_conceal != 0
+	let b:rust_set_conceallevel=1
+	setlocal conceallevel=2
+endif
+
+" Motion Commands {{{1
+
+" Bind motion commands to support hanging indents
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call rust#Jump('n', 'Back')<CR>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call rust#Jump('n', 'Forward')<CR>
+xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call rust#Jump('v', 'Back')<CR>
+xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call rust#Jump('v', 'Forward')<CR>
+onoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call rust#Jump('o', 'Back')<CR>
+onoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call rust#Jump('o', 'Forward')<CR>
+
+" Commands {{{1
+
+" See |:RustRun| for docs
+command! -nargs=* -complete=file -bang -buffer RustRun call rust#Run(<bang>0, <q-args>)
+
+" See |:RustExpand| for docs
+command! -nargs=* -complete=customlist,rust#CompleteExpand -bang -buffer RustExpand call rust#Expand(<bang>0, <q-args>)
+
+" See |:RustEmitIr| for docs
+command! -nargs=* -buffer RustEmitIr call rust#Emit("llvm-ir", <q-args>)
+
+" See |:RustEmitAsm| for docs
+command! -nargs=* -buffer RustEmitAsm call rust#Emit("asm", <q-args>)
+
+" See |:RustPlay| for docs
+command! -range=% RustPlay :call rust#Play(<count>, <line1>, <line2>, <f-args>)
+
+" See |:RustFmt| for docs
+command! -buffer RustFmt call rustfmt#Format()
+
+" See |:RustFmtRange| for docs
+command! -range -buffer RustFmtRange call rustfmt#FormatRange(<line1>, <line2>)
+
+" Mappings {{{1
+
+" Bind ⌘R in MacVim to :RustRun
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <D-r> :RustRun<CR>
+" Bind ⌘⇧R in MacVim to :RustRun! pre-filled with the last args
+nnoremap <buffer> <D-R> :RustRun! <C-r>=join(b:rust_last_rustc_args)<CR><C-\>erust#AppendCmdLine(' -- ' . join(b:rust_last_args))<CR>
+
+if !exists("b:rust_last_rustc_args") || !exists("b:rust_last_args")
+	let b:rust_last_rustc_args = []
+	let b:rust_last_args = []
+endif
+
+" Cleanup {{{1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "
+		\ setlocal formatoptions< comments< commentstring< includeexpr< suffixesadd<
+		\|setlocal tabstop< shiftwidth< softtabstop< expandtab< textwidth<
+		\|if exists('b:rust_original_delimitMate_excluded_regions')
+		  \|let b:delimitMate_excluded_regions = b:rust_original_delimitMate_excluded_regions
+		  \|unlet b:rust_original_delimitMate_excluded_regions
+		\|else
+		  \|unlet! b:delimitMate_excluded_regions
+		\|endif
+		\|if exists('b:rust_set_foldmethod')
+		  \|setlocal foldmethod< foldlevel<
+		  \|unlet b:rust_set_foldmethod
+		\|endif
+		\|if exists('b:rust_set_conceallevel')
+		  \|setlocal conceallevel<
+		  \|unlet b:rust_set_conceallevel
+		\|endif
+		\|unlet! b:rust_last_rustc_args b:rust_last_args
+		\|delcommand RustRun
+		\|delcommand RustExpand
+		\|delcommand RustEmitIr
+		\|delcommand RustEmitAsm
+		\|delcommand RustPlay
+		\|nunmap <buffer> <D-r>
+		\|nunmap <buffer> <D-R>
+		\|nunmap <buffer> [[
+		\|nunmap <buffer> ]]
+		\|xunmap <buffer> [[
+		\|xunmap <buffer> ]]
+		\|ounmap <buffer> [[
+		\|ounmap <buffer> ]]
+		\|set matchpairs-=<:>
+		\"
+
+" }}}1
+
+" Code formatting on save
+if get(g:, "rustfmt_autosave", 0)
+	autocmd BufWritePre *.rs silent! call rustfmt#Format()
+endif
+
+augroup END
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+
+" vim: set noet sw=8 ts=8:

runtime/ftplugin/sbt.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:     sbt
+" Maintainer:   Steven Dobay <stevendobay at protonmail.com>
+" License:      Same as Vim
+" Last Change:  2017.04.30
+" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin') || &cp
+  finish
+endif
+
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+runtime! ftplugin/scala.vim
+

runtime/indent/ada.vim

@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ function s:MainBlockIndent (prev_indent, prev_lnum, blockstart, stop_at)
       endwhile
    endwhile
    " Fallback - just move back one
-   return a:prev_indent - &sw
+   return a:prev_indent - shiftwidth()
 endfunction MainBlockIndent
 
 " Section: s:EndBlockIndent {{{1
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ function s:EndBlockIndent( prev_indent, prev_lnum, blockstart, blockend )
       endwhile
    endwhile
    " Fallback - just move back one
-   return a:prev_indent - &sw
+   return a:prev_indent - shiftwidth()
 endfunction EndBlockIndent
 
 " Section: s:StatementIndent {{{1
@@ -213,15 +213,15 @@ function GetAdaIndent()
       endif
       " Move indent in
       if ! false_match
-	 let ind = ind + &sw
+	 let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
       endif
    elseif line =~ '^\s*\(case\|exception\)\>'
       " Move indent in twice (next 'when' will move back)
-      let ind = ind + 2 * &sw
+      let ind = ind + 2 * shiftwidth()
    elseif line =~ '^\s*end\s*record\>'
       " Move indent back to tallying 'type' preceeding the 'record'.
       " Allow indent to be equal to 'end record's.
-      let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind+&sw, lnum, 'type\>', '' )
+      let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind+shiftwidth(), lnum, 'type\>', '' )
    elseif line =~ '\(^\s*new\>.*\)\@<!)\s*[;,]\s*$'
       " Revert to indent of line that started this parenthesis pair
       exe lnum
@@ -235,10 +235,10 @@ function GetAdaIndent()
       exe v:lnum
    elseif line =~ '[.=(]\s*$'
       " A statement continuation - move in one
-      let ind = ind + &sw
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
    elseif line =~ '^\s*new\>'
       " Multiple line generic instantiation ('package blah is\nnew thingy')
-      let ind = s:StatementIndent( ind - &sw, lnum )
+      let ind = s:StatementIndent( ind - shiftwidth(), lnum )
    elseif line =~ ';\s*$'
       " Statement end (but not 'end' ) - try to find current statement-start indent
       let ind = s:StatementIndent( ind, lnum )
@@ -256,17 +256,17 @@ function GetAdaIndent()
    elseif continuation && line =~ '^\s*('
       " Don't do this if we've already indented due to the previous line
       if ind == initind
-	 let ind = ind + &sw
+	 let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
       endif
    elseif line =~ '^\s*\(begin\|is\)\>'
       let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(procedure\|function\|declare\|package\|task\)\>', 'begin\>' )
    elseif line =~ '^\s*record\>'
-      let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'type\>\|for\>.*\<use\>', '' ) + &sw
+      let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'type\>\|for\>.*\<use\>', '' ) + shiftwidth()
    elseif line =~ '^\s*\(else\|elsif\)\>'
       let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'if\>', '' )
    elseif line =~ '^\s*when\>'
       " Align 'when' one /in/ from matching block start
-      let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(case\|exception\)\>', '' ) + &sw
+      let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(case\|exception\)\>', '' ) + shiftwidth()
    elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>\s*\<if\>'
       " End of if statements
       let ind = s:EndBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'if\>', 'end\>\s*\<if\>' )

runtime/indent/awk.vim

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ function! GetAwkIndent()
    " 'pattern { action }' (simple check match on /{/ increases the indent then)
 
    if s:Get_brace_balance( prev_data, '{', '}' ) > 0
-      return ind + &sw
+      return ind + shiftwidth()
    endif
 
    let brace_balance = s:Get_brace_balance( prev_data, '(', ')' )
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ function! GetAwkIndent()
 	  return s:Safe_indent( ind, s:First_word_len(prev_data), getline(v:lnum))
        else
 	 " if/for/while without '{'
-	 return ind + &sw
+	 return ind + shiftwidth()
        endif
      endif
    endif
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ function! GetAwkIndent()
 
    " Decrease indent if this line contains a '}'.
    if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^\s*}'
-      let ind = ind - &sw
+      let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
    endif
 
    return ind

runtime/indent/bst.vim

@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ function! GetBstIndent(lnum) abort
     endif
     let fakeline = substitute(line,'^}','','').matchstr(cline,'^}')
     let ind = indent(lnum)
-    let ind = ind + &sw * s:count(line,'{')
-    let ind = ind - &sw * s:count(fakeline,'}')
+    let ind = ind + shiftwidth() * s:count(line,'{')
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth() * s:count(fakeline,'}')
     return ind
 endfunction

runtime/indent/bzl.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Bazel (http://bazel.io)
 " Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-bzl)
-" Last Change:	2015 Aug 11
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 if exists('b:did_indent')
   finish
@@ -41,11 +41,8 @@ function GetBzlIndent(lnum) abort
     if exists('g:pyindent_open_paren')
       let l:pyindent_open_paren = g:pyindent_open_paren
     endif
-    " Vim 7.3.693 and later defines a shiftwidth() function to get the effective
-    " shiftwidth value. Fall back to &shiftwidth if the function doesn't exist.
-    let l:sw_expr = exists('*shiftwidth') ? 'shiftwidth()' : '&shiftwidth'
-    let g:pyindent_nested_paren = l:sw_expr . ' * 2'
-    let g:pyindent_open_paren = l:sw_expr . ' * 2'
+    let g:pyindent_nested_paren = 'shiftwidth() * 2'
+    let g:pyindent_open_paren = 'shiftwidth() * 2'
   endif
 
   let l:indent = -1

runtime/indent/cdl.vim

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ fun! CdlGetIndent(lnum)
   let thisline = getline(a:lnum)
   if match(thisline, '^\s*\(\k\+\|\[[^]]*]\)\s*\(,\|;\s*$\)') >= 0
     " it's an attributes line
-    return &sw
+    return shiftwidth()
   elseif match(thisline, '^\c\s*\([{}]\|\/[*/]\|dimension\|schedule\|group\|hierarchy\|class\)') >= 0
     " it's a header or '{' or '}' or a comment
     return 0
@@ -71,13 +71,13 @@ fun! CdlGetIndent(lnum)
     let c = line[inicio-1]
     " ')' and '=' don't change indent and are useless to set 'f'
     if c == '{'
-      return &sw
+      return shiftwidth()
     elseif c != ')' && c != '='
       let f = 1 " all but 'elseif' are followed by a formula
       if c ==? 'n' || c ==? 'e' " 'then', 'else'
-	let ind = ind + &sw
+	let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
       elseif strpart(line, inicio-6, 6) ==? 'elseif' " elseif, set f to conditional
-	let ind = ind + &sw
+	let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	let f = 0
       end
     end
@@ -98,16 +98,16 @@ fun! CdlGetIndent(lnum)
       let ind = 0
       let f = 1
     elseif c == ')' || c== ';' || strpart(line, inicio-5, 5) ==? 'endif'
-      let ind = ind - &sw
+      let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     elseif c == '(' || c ==? 'f' " '(' or 'if'
-      let ind = ind + &sw
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     else " c == '='
       " if it is an asignment increase indent
       if f == -1 " we don't know yet, find out
 	let f = CdlAsignment(lnum, strpart(line, 0, inicio))
       end
       if f == 1 " formula increase it
-	let ind = ind + &sw
+	let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
       end
     end
   endw
@@ -115,13 +115,13 @@ fun! CdlGetIndent(lnum)
   " CURRENT LINE, if it starts with a closing element, decrease indent
   " or if it starts with '=' (asignment), increase indent
   if match(thisline, '^\c\s*\(else\|then\|endif\|[);]\)') >= 0
-    let ind = ind - &sw
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   elseif match(thisline, '^\s*=') >= 0
     if f == -1 " we don't know yet if is an asignment, find out
       let f = CdlAsignment(lnum, "")
     end
     if f == 1 " formula increase it
-      let ind = ind + &sw
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     end
   end
 

runtime/indent/chaiscript.vim

@@ -31,19 +31,19 @@ function! GetChaiScriptIndent()
   let flag = 0
   let prevline = getline(lnum)
   if prevline =~ '^.*{.*'
-    let ind = ind + &shiftwidth
+    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     let flag = 1
   endif
 
   " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' after lines containing a { followed by a }
   " to keep it balanced
   if flag == 1 && prevline =~ '.*{.*}.*'
-    let ind = ind - &shiftwidth
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' on lines ending with }
   if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^\s*\%(}\)'
-    let ind = ind - &shiftwidth
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return ind

runtime/indent/clojure.vim

@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		call cursor(paren)
 
 		if s:is_method_special_case(paren)
-			return [paren[0], paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1]
+			return [paren[0], paren[1] + shiftwidth() - 1]
 		endif
 
 		if s:is_reader_conditional_special_case(paren)
@@ -299,19 +299,19 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		let ww = s:strip_namespace_and_macro_chars(w)
 
 		if &lispwords =~# '\V\<' . ww . '\>'
-			return [paren[0], paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1]
+			return [paren[0], paren[1] + shiftwidth() - 1]
 		endif
 
 		if g:clojure_fuzzy_indent
 			\ && !s:match_one(g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist, ww)
 			\ && s:match_one(g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns, ww)
-			return [paren[0], paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1]
+			return [paren[0], paren[1] + shiftwidth() - 1]
 		endif
 
 		call search('\v\_s', 'cW')
 		call search('\v\S', 'W')
 		if paren[0] < line(".")
-			return [paren[0], paren[1] + (g:clojure_align_subforms ? 0 : &shiftwidth - 1)]
+			return [paren[0], paren[1] + (g:clojure_align_subforms ? 0 : shiftwidth() - 1)]
 		endif
 
 		call search('\v\S', 'bW')

runtime/indent/cmake.vim

@@ -68,19 +68,19 @@ fun! CMakeGetIndent(lnum)
     let ind = ind
   else
     if previous_line =~? cmake_indent_begin_regex
-      let ind = ind + &sw
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
     if previous_line =~? cmake_indent_open_regex
-      let ind = ind + &sw
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
   endif
 
   " Subtract
   if this_line =~? cmake_indent_end_regex
-    let ind = ind - &sw
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
   if previous_line =~? cmake_indent_close_regex
-    let ind = ind - &sw
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return ind

runtime/indent/cobol.vim

@@ -52,11 +52,11 @@ function! s:optionalblock(lnum,ind,blocks,clauses)
         if getline(lastclause) =~? clauses && s:stripped(lastclause) !~? '^'.begin
             let ind = indent(lastclause)
         elseif lastclause > 0
-            let ind = indent(lastclause) + &sw
-            "let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = indent(lastclause) + shiftwidth()
+            "let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         endif
     elseif line =~? clauses && cline !~? end
-        let ind = ind + &sw
+        let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
     return ind
 endfunction
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ function! GetCobolIndent(lnum) abort
                 let num = matchstr(line,'^\s*\zs\d\+\>')
                 if 0+cnum == num
                     return lindent
-                elseif 0+cnum > num && default < lindent + &sw
-                    let default = lindent + &sw
+                elseif 0+cnum > num && default < lindent + shiftwidth()
+                    let default = lindent + shiftwidth()
                 endif
             elseif lindent < bshft && lindent >= ashft
                 break
@@ -135,13 +135,13 @@ function! GetCobolIndent(lnum) abort
     if line =~? '^PERFORM\>'
         let perfline = substitute(line, '\c^PERFORM\s*', "", "")
         if perfline =~? '^\%(\k\+\s\+TIMES\)\=\s*$'
-            let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         elseif perfline =~? '^\%(WITH\s\+TEST\|VARYING\|UNTIL\)\>.*[^.]$'
-            let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         endif
     endif
     if line =~? '^\%(IF\|THEN\|ELSE\|READ\|EVALUATE\|SEARCH\|SELECT\)\>'
-        let ind = ind + &sw
+        let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
     let ind = s:optionalblock(a:lnum,ind,'ADD\|COMPUTE\|DIVIDE\|MULTIPLY\|SUBTRACT','ON\s\+SIZE\s\+ERROR')
     let ind = s:optionalblock(a:lnum,ind,'STRING\|UNSTRING\|ACCEPT\|DISPLAY\|CALL','ON\s\+OVERFLOW\|ON\s\+EXCEPTION')
@@ -157,10 +157,10 @@ function! GetCobolIndent(lnum) abort
             "&& s:stripped(lastclause) !~? '^\%(SEARCH\|EVALUATE\|READ\)\>'
             let ind = indent(lastclause)
         elseif lastclause > 0
-            let ind = indent(lastclause) + &sw
+            let ind = indent(lastclause) + shiftwidth()
         endif
     elseif line =~? '^WHEN\>'
-        let ind = ind + &sw
+        let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
     "I'm not sure why I had this
     "if line =~? '^ELSE\>-\@!' && line !~? '\.$'
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ function! GetCobolIndent(lnum) abort
     "endif
     if cline =~? '^\(END\)\>-\@!'
         " On lines with just END, 'guess' a simple shift left
-        let ind = ind - &sw
+        let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     elseif cline =~? '^\(END-IF\|THEN\|ELSE\)\>-\@!'
         call cursor(a:lnum,indent(a:lnum))
         let match = searchpair('\c-\@<!\<IF\>','\c-\@<!\%(THEN\|ELSE\)\>','\c-\@<!\<END-IF\>\zs','bnW',s:skip)
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ function! GetCobolIndent(lnum) abort
         if match > 0
             let ind = indent(match)
         elseif cline =~? '^\(END-\(READ\|EVALUATE\|SEARCH\|PERFORM\)\)\>'
-            let ind = ind - &sw
+            let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
         endif
     endif
     return ind < bshft ? bshft : ind

runtime/indent/cucumber.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Cucumber
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ function! GetCucumberIndent()
   let line  = getline(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
   let cline = getline(v:lnum)
   let nline = getline(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1))
-  let sw = exists('*shiftwidth') ? shiftwidth() : &sw
+  let sw = exists('*shiftwidth') ? shiftwidth() : shiftwidth()
   let syn = s:syn(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
   let csyn = s:syn(v:lnum)
   let nsyn = s:syn(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1))

runtime/indent/dylan.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Dylan
 " Version:	0.01
-" Last Change:	2003 Feb 04
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 " Maintainer:	Brent A. Fulgham <bfulgham@debian.org>
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -45,13 +45,13 @@ function DylanGetIndent()
 
   " If previous line was a 'define', indent
   if prevline =~? '\(^\s*\(begin\|block\|case\|define\|else\|elseif\|for\|finally\|if\|select\|unless\|while\)\|\s*\S*\s*=>$\)'
-    let chg = &sw
+    let chg = shiftwidth()
   " local methods indent the shift-width, plus 6 for the 'local'
   elseif prevline =~? '^\s*local'
-    let chg = &sw + 6
+    let chg = shiftwidth() + 6
   " If previous line was a let with no closing semicolon, indent
   elseif prevline =~? '^\s*let.*[^;]\s*$'
-    let chg = &sw
+    let chg = shiftwidth()
   " If previous line opened a parenthesis, and did not close it, indent
   elseif prevline =~ '^.*(\s*[^)]*\((.*)\)*[^)]*$'
     return = match( prevline, '(.*\((.*)\|[^)]\)*.*$') + 1
@@ -75,13 +75,13 @@ function DylanGetIndent()
     " line doesn't start with an indentable command:
     let curr_str = getline(curr_line)
     if curr_str =~? '^\s*\(begin\|block\|case\|define\|else\|elseif\|for\|finally\|if\|select\|unless\|while\)'
-      let chg = &sw
+      let chg = shiftwidth()
     endif
   endif
 
   " If a line starts with end, un-indent (even if we just indented!)
   if cline =~? '^\s*\(cleanup\|end\|else\|elseif\|exception\|finally\|otherwise\)'
-    let chg = chg - &sw
+    let chg = chg - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return ind + chg

runtime/indent/erlang.vim

@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ function! s:BeginningOfClauseFound(stack, token, stored_vcol)
     call s:Pop(a:stack)
     if empty(a:stack)
       call s:Log('    Stack is ["when"], so LTI is in a guard -> return')
-      return [1, a:stored_vcol + &sw + 2]
+      return [1, a:stored_vcol + shiftwidth() + 2]
     else
       return [1, s:UnexpectedToken(a:token, a:stack)]
     endif
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ function! s:BeginningOfClauseFound(stack, token, stored_vcol)
     call s:Pop(a:stack)
     if empty(a:stack)
       call s:Log('    Stack is ["->"], so LTI is in function body -> return')
-      return [1, a:stored_vcol + &sw]
+      return [1, a:stored_vcol + shiftwidth()]
     elseif a:stack[0] ==# ';'
       call s:Pop(a:stack)
       if empty(a:stack)
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
 
       elseif token ==# 'begin'
         let [ret, res] = s:BeginElementFound(stack, token, curr_vcol,
-                                            \stored_vcol, 'end', &sw)
+                                            \stored_vcol, 'end', shiftwidth())
         if ret | return res | endif
 
       " case EXPR of BRANCHES end
@@ -848,11 +848,11 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
         elseif stack == ['->']
           call s:Log('    LTI is in a branch after ' .
                     \'"of/receive/after/if/catch" -> return')
-          return stored_vcol + &sw
+          return stored_vcol + shiftwidth()
         elseif stack == ['when']
           call s:Log('    LTI is in a guard after ' .
                     \'"of/receive/after/if/catch" -> return')
-          return stored_vcol + &sw
+          return stored_vcol + shiftwidth()
         else
           return s:UnexpectedToken(token, stack)
         endif
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
           if empty(stack)
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a condition; matching ' .
                       \'"case/if/try/receive" found')
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + &sw
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + shiftwidth()
           elseif stack[0] ==# 'align_to_begin_element'
             call s:Pop(stack)
             let stored_vcol = curr_vcol
@@ -897,23 +897,23 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
                       \'"case/if/try/receive" found')
             call s:Pop(stack)
             call s:Pop(stack)
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + &sw
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + shiftwidth()
           elseif stack[0] ==# '->'
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a branch; matching ' .
                       \'"case/if/try/receive" found')
             call s:Pop(stack)
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * &sw
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * shiftwidth()
           elseif stack[0] ==# 'when'
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a guard; matching ' .
                       \'"case/if/try/receive" found')
             call s:Pop(stack)
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * &sw + 2
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * shiftwidth() + 2
           endif
 
         endif
 
         let [ret, res] = s:BeginElementFound(stack, token, curr_vcol,
-                                            \stored_vcol, 'end', &sw)
+                                            \stored_vcol, 'end', shiftwidth())
         if ret | return res | endif
 
       elseif token ==# 'fun'
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
           " stack = ['when']  =>  LTI is in a guard
           if empty(stack)
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a condition; matching "fun" found')
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + &sw
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + shiftwidth()
           elseif len(stack) > 1 && stack[0] ==# '->' && stack[1] ==# ';'
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a condition; matching "fun" found')
             call s:Pop(stack)
@@ -938,15 +938,15 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
           elseif stack[0] ==# '->'
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a branch; matching "fun" found')
             call s:Pop(stack)
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * &sw
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * shiftwidth()
           elseif stack[0] ==# 'when'
             call s:Log('    LTI is in a guard; matching "fun" found')
             call s:Pop(stack)
-            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * &sw + 2
+            let stored_vcol = curr_vcol + 2 * shiftwidth() + 2
           endif
 
           let [ret, res] = s:BeginElementFound(stack, token, curr_vcol,
-                                              \stored_vcol, 'end', &sw)
+                                              \stored_vcol, 'end', shiftwidth())
           if ret | return res | endif
         else
           " Pass: we have a function reference (e.g. "fun f/0")
@@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
             "   when A,
             "        LTI
             let [ret, res] = s:BeginElementFoundIfEmpty(stack, token, curr_vcol,
-                                                       \stored_vcol, &sw)
+                                                       \stored_vcol, shiftwidth())
             if ret | return res | endif
           else
             " Example:
@@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ function! s:ErlangCalcIndent2(lnum, stack)
           " If LTI is between an 'after' and the corresponding
           " 'end', then let's return
           let [ret, res] = s:BeginElementFoundIfEmpty(stack, token, curr_vcol,
-                                                     \stored_vcol, &sw)
+                                                     \stored_vcol, shiftwidth())
           if ret | return res | endif
         endif
 

runtime/indent/eruby.vim

@@ -47,11 +47,7 @@ set cpo&vim
 
 function! GetErubyIndent(...)
   " The value of a single shift-width
-  if exists('*shiftwidth')
-    let sw = shiftwidth()
-  else
-    let sw = &sw
-  endif
+  let sw = shiftwidth()
 
   if a:0 && a:1 == '.'
     let v:lnum = line('.')

runtime/indent/falcon.vim

@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ function FalconGetIndent(...)
 
     " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
     if s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex)
-	return indent(s:GetMSL(lnum)) + &sw
+	return indent(s:GetMSL(lnum)) + shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     " If it contained hanging closing brackets, find the rightmost one, find its
@@ -350,20 +350,20 @@ function FalconGetIndent(...)
 	if opening.pos != -1
 	    if opening.type == '(' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
 		if col('.') + 1 == col('$')
-		    return ind + &sw
+		    return ind + shiftwidth()
 		else
 		    return virtcol('.')
 		endif
 	    else
 		let nonspace = matchend(line, '\S', opening.pos + 1) - 1
-		return nonspace > 0 ? nonspace : ind + &sw
+		return nonspace > 0 ? nonspace : ind + shiftwidth()
 	    endif
 	elseif closing.pos != -1
 	    call cursor(lnum, closing.pos + 1)
 	    normal! %
 
 	    if s:Match(line('.'), s:falcon_indent_keywords)
-		return indent('.') + &sw
+		return indent('.') + shiftwidth()
 	    else
 		return indent('.')
 	    endif
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ function FalconGetIndent(...)
     let col = s:Match(lnum, s:falcon_indent_keywords)
     if col > 0
 	call cursor(lnum, col)
-	let ind = virtcol('.') - 1 + &sw
+	let ind = virtcol('.') - 1 + shiftwidth()
 	" TODO: make this better (we need to count them) (or, if a searchpair
 	" fails, we know that something is lacking an end and thus we indent a
 	" level
@@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ function FalconGetIndent(...)
     " TODO: this does not take into account contrived things such as
     " module Foo; class Bar; end
     if s:Match(lnum, s:falcon_indent_keywords)
-	let ind = msl_ind + &sw
+	let ind = msl_ind + shiftwidth()
 	if s:Match(lnum, s:end_end_regex)
-	    let ind = ind - &sw
+	    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 	return ind
     endif
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ function FalconGetIndent(...)
     " closing bracket, indent one extra level.
     if s:Match(lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) && !s:Match(lnum, '^\s*\([\])}]\|end\)')
 	if lnum == p_lnum
-	    let ind = msl_ind + &sw
+	    let ind = msl_ind + shiftwidth()
 	else
 	    let ind = msl_ind
 	endif

runtime/indent/gitconfig.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	git config file
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ if exists("*GetGitconfigIndent")
 endif
 
 function! GetGitconfigIndent()
-  let sw    = exists('*shiftwidth') ? shiftwidth() : &sw
+  let sw    = shiftwidth()
   let line  = getline(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
   let cline = getline(v:lnum)
   if line =~  '\\\@<!\%(\\\\\)*\\$'

runtime/indent/gitolite.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	gitolite configuration
 " URL:		https://github.com/tmatilai/gitolite.vim
 " Maintainer:	Teemu Matilainen <teemu.matilainen@iki.fi>
-" Last Change:	2011-12-24
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ function! GetGitoliteIndent()
   let cline = getline(v:lnum)
 
   if cline =~ '^\s*\(C\|R\|RW\|RW+\|RWC\|RW+C\|RWD\|RW+D\|RWCD\|RW+CD\|-\)[ \t=]'
-    return &sw
+    return shiftwidth()
   elseif cline =~ '^\s*config\s'
-    return &sw
+    return shiftwidth()
   elseif pline =~ '^\s*repo\s' && cline =~ '^\s*\(#.*\)\?$'
-    return &sw
+    return shiftwidth()
   elseif cline =~ '^\s*#'
     return indent(prevln)
   elseif cline =~ '^\s*$'

runtime/indent/go.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Go
 " Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-go)
-" Last Change:	2014 Aug 16
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 "
 " TODO:
 " - function invocations split across lines
@@ -23,18 +23,6 @@ if exists('*GoIndent')
   finish
 endif
 
-" The shiftwidth() function is relatively new.
-" Don't require it to exist.
-if exists('*shiftwidth')
-  function s:sw() abort
-    return shiftwidth()
-  endfunction
-else
-  function s:sw() abort
-    return &shiftwidth
-  endfunction
-endif
-
 function! GoIndent(lnum)
   let l:prevlnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum-1)
   if l:prevlnum == 0
@@ -51,17 +39,17 @@ function! GoIndent(lnum)
 
   if l:prevl =~ '[({]\s*$'
     " previous line opened a block
-    let l:ind += s:sw()
+    let l:ind += shiftwidth()
   endif
   if l:prevl =~# '^\s*\(case .*\|default\):$'
     " previous line is part of a switch statement
-    let l:ind += s:sw()
+    let l:ind += shiftwidth()
   endif
   " TODO: handle if the previous line is a label.
 
   if l:thisl =~ '^\s*[)}]'
     " this line closed a block
-    let l:ind -= s:sw()
+    let l:ind -= shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " Colons are tricky.
@@ -69,7 +57,7 @@ function! GoIndent(lnum)
   " We ignore trying to deal with jump labels because (a) they're rare, and
   " (b) they're hard to disambiguate from a composite literal key.
   if l:thisl =~# '^\s*\(case .*\|default\):$'
-    let l:ind -= s:sw()
+    let l:ind -= shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return l:ind

runtime/indent/haml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Haml
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ function! GetHamlIndent()
   let line = substitute(line,'^\s\+','','')
   let indent = indent(lnum)
   let cindent = indent(v:lnum)
-  let sw = exists('*shiftwidth') ? shiftwidth() : &sw
+  let sw = shiftwidth()
   if cline =~# '\v^-\s*%(elsif|else|when)>'
     let indent = cindent < indent ? cindent : indent - sw
   endif

runtime/indent/hamster.vim

@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ function HamGetIndent(lnum)
   " Add a shiftwidth to statements following if,  else, elseif,
   " case, select, default, do, until, while, for, start
   if prevline =~? '^\s*\<\(if\|else\%(if\)\?\|for\|repeat\|do\|while\|sub\)\>' 
-    let ind = ind + &sw
+    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " Subtract a shiftwidth from else, elseif, end(if|while|for), until
   let line = getline(v:lnum)
   if line =~? '^\s*\(else\|elseif\|loop\|until\|end\%(if\|while\|for\|sub\)\)\>'
-    let ind = ind - &sw
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return ind

runtime/indent/hog.vim

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ function GetHogIndent()
     " Continuation of a line that wasn't indented
     let prevline = getline(prevlnum)
     if prevline =~ '^\k\+.*\\\s*$'
-        return &sw 
+        return shiftwidth() 
     endif
 
     " Continuation of a line that was indented
@@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ function GetHogIndent()
     " Indent the next line if previous line contained a start of a block
     " definition ('{' or '(').
     if prevline =~ '^\k\+[^#]*{}\@!\s*$' " TODO || prevline =~ '^\k\+[^#]*()\@!\s*$'
-        return &sw
+        return shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     " Match inside of a block
     if s:IsInBlock(v:lnum)
         if prevline =~ "^\k\+.*$"
-            return &sw
+            return shiftwidth()
         else
             return indent(prevlnum)
         endif

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Header: "{{{
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
 " Original Author: Andy Wokula <anwoku@yahoo.de>
-" Last Change:	2017 Jan 17
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 " Version:	1.0
 " Description:	HTML indent script with cached state for faster indenting on a
 "		range of lines.
@@ -51,15 +51,6 @@ if exists("*HtmlIndent") && !exists('g:force_reload_html')
   finish
 endif
 
-" shiftwidth() exists since patch 7.3.694
-if exists('*shiftwidth')
-  let s:ShiftWidth = function('shiftwidth')
-else
-  func! s:ShiftWidth()
-    return &shiftwidth
-  endfunc
-endif
-
 " Allow for line continuation below.
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
@@ -123,7 +114,7 @@ func! HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
 
   let indone = {"zero": 0
               \,"auto": "indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))"
-              \,"inc": "b:hi_indent.blocktagind + s:ShiftWidth()"}
+              \,"inc": "b:hi_indent.blocktagind + shiftwidth()"}
 
   let script1 = ''
   if exists("b:html_indent_script1")
@@ -358,7 +349,7 @@ func! s:CheckBlockTag(blocktag, ind)
     endif
     let b:hi_newstate.blocklnr = v:lnum
     " save allover indent for the endtag
-    let b:hi_newstate.blocktagind = b:hi_indent.baseindent + (s:nextrel + s:curind) * s:ShiftWidth()
+    let b:hi_newstate.blocktagind = b:hi_indent.baseindent + (s:nextrel + s:curind) * shiftwidth()
     if a:ind == 3
       return "SCRIPT"    " all except this must be lowercase
       " line is to be checked again for the type attribute
@@ -480,7 +471,7 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
       let state.blocklnr = stopline
       " check preceding tags in the line:
       call s:CountITags(tagline[: stopcol-2])
-      let state.blocktagind = indent(stopline) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * s:ShiftWidth()
+      let state.blocktagind = indent(stopline) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * shiftwidth()
       return state
     elseif stopline == state.lnum
       " handle special case: previous line (= state.lnum) contains a
@@ -490,7 +481,7 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
       if !swendtag
         let [bline, bcol] = searchpos('<'.blocktag[1:].'\>', "bnW")
         call s:CountITags(tolower(getline(bline)[: bcol-2]))
-        let state.baseindent = indent(bline) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * s:ShiftWidth()
+        let state.baseindent = indent(bline) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * shiftwidth()
         return state
       endif
     endif
@@ -511,7 +502,7 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
     if found == 2
       let state.baseindent = b:hi_indent.baseindent
     endif
-    let state.blocktagind = indent(comlnum) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * s:ShiftWidth()
+    let state.blocktagind = indent(comlnum) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * shiftwidth()
     return state
   endif
 
@@ -530,7 +521,7 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
       let text = tolower(getline(comlnum)[: comcol-2])
     endif
     call s:CountITags(text)
-    let state.baseindent = indent(comlnum) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * s:ShiftWidth()
+    let state.baseindent = indent(comlnum) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * shiftwidth()
     " TODO check tags that follow "-->"
     return state
   endif
@@ -550,9 +541,9 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
         let text = getline(start_lnum)
         let swendtag = match(text, '^\s*</') >= 0
         call s:CountITags(text[: col('.') - 2])
-        let state.baseindent += s:nextrel * s:ShiftWidth()
+        let state.baseindent += s:nextrel * shiftwidth()
         if !swendtag
-          let state.baseindent += s:curind * s:ShiftWidth()
+          let state.baseindent += s:curind * shiftwidth()
         endif
       endif
       return state
@@ -565,9 +556,9 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
   let text = getline(state.lnum)
   let swendtag = match(text, '^\s*</') >= 0
   call s:CountITags(tolower(text))
-  let state.baseindent = indent(state.lnum) + s:nextrel * s:ShiftWidth()
+  let state.baseindent = indent(state.lnum) + s:nextrel * shiftwidth()
   if !swendtag
-    let state.baseindent += s:curind * s:ShiftWidth()
+    let state.baseindent += s:curind * shiftwidth()
   endif
   return state
 endfunc "}}}
@@ -646,7 +637,7 @@ func! s:CSSIndent()
 
   " add indent after {
   let brace_counts = HtmlIndent_CountBraces(prev_lnum)
-  let extra = brace_counts.c_open * s:ShiftWidth()
+  let extra = brace_counts.c_open * shiftwidth()
 
   let prev_text = getline(prev_lnum)
   let below_end_brace = prev_text =~ '}\s*$'
@@ -663,7 +654,7 @@ func! s:CSSIndent()
       " if the current line is not a comment or starts with @ (used by template
       " systems) reduce indent if previous line is a continuation line
       if !prev_hasfield && !prev_special
-        let extra = -s:ShiftWidth()
+        let extra = -shiftwidth()
       endif
     else
       let cur_hasfield = curtext =~ '^\s*[a-zA-Z0-9-]\+:'
@@ -671,14 +662,14 @@ func! s:CSSIndent()
       if !cur_hasfield && (prev_hasfield || prev_unfinished)
         " Continuation line has extra indent if the previous line was not a
         " continuation line.
-        let extra = s:ShiftWidth()
+        let extra = shiftwidth()
         " Align with @if
         if prev_text =~ '^\s*@if '
           let extra = 4
         endif
       elseif cur_hasfield && !prev_hasfield && !prev_special
         " less indent below a continuation line
-        let extra = -s:ShiftWidth()
+        let extra = -shiftwidth()
       endif
     endif
   endif
@@ -699,10 +690,10 @@ func! s:CSSIndent()
     if special
       " do not reduce indent below @{ ... }
       if extra < 0
-        let extra += s:ShiftWidth()
+        let extra += shiftwidth()
       endif
     else
-      let extra -= (brace_counts.c_close - (prev_text =~ '^\s*}')) * s:ShiftWidth()
+      let extra -= (brace_counts.c_close - (prev_text =~ '^\s*}')) * shiftwidth()
     endif
   endif
 
@@ -710,10 +701,10 @@ func! s:CSSIndent()
   if extra == 0
     if brace_counts.p_open > brace_counts.p_close
       " previous line has more ( than ): add a shiftwidth
-      let extra = s:ShiftWidth()
+      let extra = shiftwidth()
     elseif brace_counts.p_open < brace_counts.p_close
       " previous line has more ) than (: subtract a shiftwidth
-      let extra = -s:ShiftWidth()
+      let extra = -shiftwidth()
     endif
   endif
 
@@ -816,7 +807,7 @@ func! s:Alien5()
   let idx = match(prevtext, '^\s*\zs<!--')
   if idx >= 0
     " just below comment start, add a shiftwidth
-    return idx + s:ShiftWidth()
+    return idx + shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " Some files add 4 spaces just below a TODO line.  It's difficult to detect
@@ -837,7 +828,7 @@ func! s:Alien6()
       return indent(lnum)
     endif
   endif
-  return b:hi_indent.baseindent + s:ShiftWidth()
+  return b:hi_indent.baseindent + shiftwidth()
 endfunc "}}}
 
 " When the "lnum" line ends in ">" find the line containing the matching "<".
@@ -947,7 +938,7 @@ func! HtmlIndent()
   endif
 
   let curtext = tolower(getline(v:lnum))
-  let indentunit = s:ShiftWidth()
+  let indentunit = shiftwidth()
 
   let b:hi_newstate = {}
   let b:hi_newstate.lnum = v:lnum
@@ -1030,9 +1021,9 @@ func! HtmlIndent()
         if col('.') > 2
           let swendtag = match(text, '^\s*</') >= 0
           call s:CountITags(text[: col('.') - 2])
-          let indent += s:nextrel * s:ShiftWidth()
+          let indent += s:nextrel * shiftwidth()
           if !swendtag
-            let indent += s:curind * s:ShiftWidth()
+            let indent += s:curind * shiftwidth()
           endif
         endif
       else

runtime/indent/idlang.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " IDL (Interactive Data Language) indent file.
 " Language: IDL (ft=idlang)
-" Last change:	2012 May 18
+" Last change:	2017 Jun 13
 " Maintainer: Aleksandar Jelenak <ajelenak AT yahoo.com>
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -34,25 +34,25 @@ function GetIdlangIndent(lnum)
    " Indenting of continued lines.
    if getline(pnum) =~ '\$\s*\(;.*\)\=$'
       if getline(pnum2) !~ '\$\s*\(;.*\)\=$'
-	 let curind = curind+&sw
+	 let curind = curind+shiftwidth()
       endif
    else
       if getline(pnum2) =~ '\$\s*\(;.*\)\=$'
-	 let curind = curind-&sw
+	 let curind = curind-shiftwidth()
       endif
    endif
 
    " Indenting blocks of statements.
    if getline(v:lnum) =~? '^\s*\(endif\|endelse\|endwhile\|endfor\|endrep\)\>'
       if getline(pnum) =~? 'begin\>'
-      elseif indent(v:lnum) > curind-&sw
-	 let curind = curind-&sw
+      elseif indent(v:lnum) > curind-shiftwidth()
+	 let curind = curind-shiftwidth()
       else
 	 return -1
       endif
    elseif getline(pnum) =~? 'begin\>'
-      if indent(v:lnum) < curind+&sw
-	 let curind = curind+&sw
+      if indent(v:lnum) < curind+shiftwidth()
+	 let curind = curind+shiftwidth()
       else
 	 return -1
       endif

runtime/indent/ishd.vim

@@ -50,17 +50,17 @@ fun! GetIshdIndent(lnum)
 
     " Add
     if previous_line =~ '^\s*\<\(function\|begin\|switch\|case\|default\|if.\{-}then\|else\|elseif\|while\|repeat\)\>'
-	let ind = ind + &sw
+	let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     " Subtract
     if this_line =~ '^\s*\<endswitch\>'
-	let ind = ind - 2 * &sw
+	let ind = ind - 2 * shiftwidth()
     elseif this_line =~ '^\s*\<\(begin\|end\|endif\|endwhile\|else\|elseif\|until\)\>'
-	let ind = ind - &sw
+	let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     elseif this_line =~ '^\s*\<\(case\|default\)\>'
 	if previous_line !~ '^\s*\<switch\>'
-	    let ind = ind - &sw
+	    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
 	endif
     endif
 

runtime/indent/javascript.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language: Javascript
 " Maintainer: Chris Paul ( https://github.com/bounceme )
 " URL: https://github.com/pangloss/vim-javascript
-" Last Change: December 31, 2016
+" Last Change: March 21, 2017
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists('b:did_indent')
@@ -14,6 +14,10 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentexpr=GetJavascriptIndent()
 setlocal autoindent nolisp nosmartindent
 setlocal indentkeys+=0],0)
+" Testable with something like:
+" vim  -eNs "+filetype plugin indent on" "+syntax on" "+set ft=javascript" \
+"       "+norm! gg=G" '+%print' '+:q!' testfile.js \
+"       | diff -uBZ testfile.js -
 
 let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal indentexpr< smartindent< autoindent< indentkeys<'
 
@@ -32,10 +36,14 @@ if exists('*shiftwidth')
   endfunction
 else
   function s:sw()
-    return &sw
+    return &l:shiftwidth == 0 ? &l:tabstop : &l:shiftwidth
   endfunction
 endif
 
+" Performance for forwards search(): start search at pos rather than masking
+" matches before pos.
+let s:z = has('patch-7.4.984') ? 'z' : ''
+
 " searchpair() wrapper
 if has('reltime')
   function s:GetPair(start,end,flags,skip,time,...)
@@ -48,34 +56,41 @@ else
 endif
 
 " Regex of syntax group names that are or delimit string or are comments.
-let s:syng_strcom = 'string\|comment\|regex\|special\|doc\|template'
-let s:syng_str = 'string\|template'
+let s:syng_strcom = 'string\|comment\|regex\|special\|doc\|template\%(braces\)\@!'
+let s:syng_str = 'string\|template\|special'
 let s:syng_com = 'comment\|doc'
 " Expression used to check whether we should skip a match with searchpair().
 let s:skip_expr = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),0),'name') =~? '".s:syng_strcom."'"
 
+function s:parse_cino(f) abort
+  return float2nr(eval(substitute(substitute(join(split(
+        \ matchstr(&cino,'.*'.a:f.'\zs[^,]*'), 's',1), '*'.s:W)
+        \ , '^-\=\zs\*','',''), '^-\=\zs\.','0.','')))
+endfunction
+
 function s:skip_func()
-  if !s:free || search('\m`\|\*\/','nW',s:looksyn)
-    let s:free = !eval(s:skip_expr)
-    let s:looksyn = s:free ? line('.') : s:looksyn
-    return !s:free
+  if getline('.') =~ '\%<'.col('.').'c\/.\{-}\/\|\%>'.col('.').'c[''"]\|\\$'
+    return eval(s:skip_expr)
+  elseif s:checkIn || search('\m`\|\${\|\*\/','nW'.s:z,s:looksyn)
+    let s:checkIn = eval(s:skip_expr)
   endif
   let s:looksyn = line('.')
-  return (search('\m\/','nbW',s:looksyn) || search('\m[''"]\|\\$','nW',s:looksyn)) && eval(s:skip_expr)
+  return s:checkIn
 endfunction
 
 function s:alternatePair(stop)
   let pos = getpos('.')[1:2]
-  while search('\m[][(){}]','bW',a:stop)
-    if !s:skip_func()
-      let idx = stridx('])}',s:looking_at())
-      if idx + 1
-        if !s:GetPair(['\[','(','{'][idx], '])}'[idx],'bW','s:skip_func()',2000,a:stop)
-          break
-        endif
-      else
-        return
+  let pat = '[][(){};]'
+  while search('\m'.pat,'bW',a:stop)
+    if s:skip_func() | continue | endif
+    let idx = stridx('])};',s:looking_at())
+    if idx is 3 | let pat = '[{}()]' | continue | endif
+    if idx + 1
+      if s:GetPair(['\[','(','{'][idx], '])}'[idx],'bW','s:skip_func()',2000,a:stop) <= 0
+        break
       endif
+    else
+      return
     endif
   endwhile
   call call('cursor',pos)
@@ -100,93 +115,91 @@ function s:token()
   return s:looking_at() =~ '\k' ? expand('<cword>') : s:looking_at()
 endfunction
 
-function s:b_token()
-  if s:looking_at() =~ '\k'
-    call search('\m\<','cbW')
-  endif
-  return search('\m\S','bW')
-endfunction
-
 function s:previous_token()
-  let l:n = line('.')
-  while s:b_token()
-    if (s:looking_at() == '/' || line('.') != l:n && search('\m\/\/','nbW',
-          \ line('.'))) && s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')) =~? s:syng_com
-      call search('\m\_[^/]\zs\/[/*]','bW')
+  let l:pos = getpos('.')[1:2]
+  if search('\m\k\{1,}\zs\k\|\S','bW')
+    if (getline('.')[col('.')-2:col('.')-1] == '*/' || line('.') != l:pos[0] &&
+          \ getline('.') =~ '\%<'.col('.').'c\/\/') && s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')) =~? s:syng_com
+      while search('\m\S\ze\_s*\/[/*]','bW')
+        if s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')) !~? s:syng_com
+          return s:token()
+        endif
+      endwhile
     else
       return s:token()
     endif
-  endwhile
+  endif
+  call call('cursor',l:pos)
   return ''
 endfunction
 
-function s:others(p)
-  return "((line2byte(line('.')) + col('.')) <= ".(line2byte(a:p[0]) + a:p[1]).") || ".s:skip_expr
-endfunction
-
-function s:tern_skip(p)
-  return s:GetPair('{','}','nbW',s:others(a:p),200,a:p[0]) > 0
-endfunction
-
-function s:tern_col(p)
-  return s:GetPair('?',':\@<!::\@!','nbW',s:others(a:p)
-        \ .' || s:tern_skip('.string(a:p).')',200,a:p[0]) > 0
-endfunction
-
-function s:label_col()
-  let pos = getpos('.')[1:2]
-  let [s:looksyn,s:free] = pos
-  call s:alternatePair(0)
-  if s:save_pos('s:IsBlock')
-    let poss = getpos('.')[1:2]
-    return call('cursor',pos) || !s:tern_col(poss)
-  elseif s:looking_at() == ':'
-    return !s:tern_col([0,0])
+function s:expr_col()
+  if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == ':'
+    return 1
   endif
+  let bal = 0
+  while search('\m[{}?:;]','bW')
+    if eval(s:skip_expr) | continue | endif
+    " switch (looking_at())
+    exe {   '}': "if s:GetPair('{','}','bW',s:skip_expr,200) <= 0 | return | endif",
+          \ ';': "return",
+          \ '{': "return getpos('.')[1:2] != b:js_cache[1:] && !s:IsBlock()",
+          \ ':': "let bal -= getline('.')[max([col('.')-2,0]):col('.')] !~ '::'",
+          \ '?': "let bal += 1 | if bal > 0 | return 1 | endif" }[s:looking_at()]
+  endwhile
 endfunction
 
 " configurable regexes that define continuation lines, not including (, {, or [.
 let s:opfirst = '^' . get(g:,'javascript_opfirst',
-      \ '\%([<>=,?^%|*/&]\|\([-.:+]\)\1\@!\|!=\|in\%(stanceof\)\=\>\)')
+      \ '\C\%([<>=,?^%|*/&]\|\([-.:+]\)\1\@!\|!=\|in\%(stanceof\)\=\>\)')
 let s:continuation = get(g:,'javascript_continuation',
-      \ '\%([<=,.~!?/*^%|&:]\|+\@<!+\|-\@<!-\|=\@<!>\|\<\%(typeof\|delete\|void\|in\|instanceof\)\)') . '$'
+      \ '\C\%([-+<>=,.~!?/*^%|&:]\|\<\%(typeof\|new\|delete\|void\|in\|instanceof\|await\)\)') . '$'
 
 function s:continues(ln,con)
-  return !cursor(a:ln, match(' '.a:con,s:continuation)) &&
-        \ eval((['s:syn_at(line("."),col(".")) !~? "regex"'] +
-        \ repeat(['s:previous_token() != "."'],5) + [1])[
-        \ index(split('/ typeof in instanceof void delete'),s:token())])
+  if !cursor(a:ln, match(' '.a:con,s:continuation))
+    let teol = s:looking_at()
+    if teol == '/'
+      return s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')) !~? 'regex'
+    elseif teol =~ '[-+>]'
+      return getline('.')[col('.')-2] != tr(teol,'>','=')
+    elseif teol =~ '\l'
+      return s:previous_token() != '.'
+    elseif teol == ':'
+      return s:expr_col()
+    endif
+    return 1
+  endif
 endfunction
 
 " get the line of code stripped of comments and move cursor to the last
 " non-comment char.
 function s:Trim(ln)
   let pline = substitute(getline(a:ln),'\s*$','','')
-  let l:max = max([match(pline,'.*[^/]\zs\/[/*]'),0])
-  while l:max && s:syn_at(a:ln, strlen(pline)) =~? s:syng_com
-    let pline = substitute(strpart(pline, 0, l:max),'\s*$','','')
-    let l:max = max([match(pline,'.*[^/]\zs\/[/*]'),0])
+  let l:max = max([strridx(pline,'//'), strridx(pline,'/*')])
+  while l:max != -1 && s:syn_at(a:ln, strlen(pline)) =~? s:syng_com
+    let pline = pline[: l:max]
+    let l:max = max([strridx(pline,'//'), strridx(pline,'/*')])
+    let pline = substitute(pline[:-2],'\s*$','','')
   endwhile
-  return cursor(a:ln,strlen(pline)) ? pline : pline
+  return pline is '' || cursor(a:ln,strlen(pline)) ? pline : pline
 endfunction
 
 " Find line above 'lnum' that isn't empty or in a comment
 function s:PrevCodeLine(lnum)
-  let l:n = prevnonblank(a:lnum)
+  let [l:pos, l:n] = [getpos('.')[1:2], prevnonblank(a:lnum)]
   while l:n
     if getline(l:n) =~ '^\s*\/[/*]'
-      if (stridx(getline(l:n),'`') > 0 || getline(l:n-1)[-1:] == '\') &&
-            \ s:syn_at(l:n,1) =~? s:syng_str
-        return l:n
-      endif
       let l:n = prevnonblank(l:n-1)
-    elseif s:syn_at(l:n,1) =~? s:syng_com
-      let l:n = s:save_pos('eval',
-            \ 'cursor('.l:n.',1) + search(''\m\/\*'',"bW")')
+    elseif stridx(getline(l:n), '*/') + 1 && s:syn_at(l:n,1) =~? s:syng_com
+      call cursor(l:n,1)
+      keepjumps norm! [*
+      let l:n = search('\m\S','nbW')
     else
-      return l:n
+      break
     endif
   endwhile
+  call call('cursor',l:pos)
+  return l:n
 endfunction
 
 " Check if line 'lnum' has a balanced amount of parentheses.
@@ -201,7 +214,9 @@ function s:Balanced(lnum)
         return
       endif
     endif
-    let pos = match(l:line, '[][(){}]', pos + 1)
+    let pos = match(l:line, (l:open ?
+          \ '['.escape(tr(l:line[pos],'({[]})',')}][{(').l:line[pos],']').']' :
+          \ '[][(){}]'), pos + 1)
   endwhile
   return !l:open
 endfunction
@@ -210,20 +225,21 @@ function s:OneScope(lnum)
   let pline = s:Trim(a:lnum)
   let kw = 'else do'
   if pline[-1:] == ')' && s:GetPair('(', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr, 100) > 0
-    call s:previous_token()
-    let kw = 'for if let while with'
-    if index(split('await each'),s:token()) + 1
+    if s:previous_token() =~# '^\%(await\|each\)$'
       call s:previous_token()
       let kw = 'for'
+    else
+      let kw = 'for if let while with'
     endif
   endif
   return pline[-2:] == '=>' || index(split(kw),s:token()) + 1 &&
         \ s:save_pos('s:previous_token') != '.'
 endfunction
 
-" returns braceless levels started by 'i' and above lines * &sw. 'num' is the
-" lineNr which encloses the entire context, 'cont' if whether line 'i' + 1 is
-" a continued expression, which could have started in a braceless context
+" returns braceless levels started by 'i' and above lines * shiftwidth().
+" 'num' is the lineNr which encloses the entire context, 'cont' if whether
+" line 'i' + 1 is a continued expression, which could have started in a
+" braceless context
 function s:iscontOne(i,num,cont)
   let [l:i, l:num, bL] = [a:i, a:num + !a:num, 0]
   let pind = a:num ? indent(l:num) + s:W : 0
@@ -246,18 +262,23 @@ function s:IsBlock()
   if s:looking_at() == '{'
     let l:n = line('.')
     let char = s:previous_token()
-    let syn = char =~ '[{>/]' ? s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')-(char == '{')) : ''
-    if syn =~? 'xml\|jsx'
+    if match(s:stack,'\cxml\|jsx') + 1 && s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')-1) =~? 'xml\|jsx'
       return char != '{'
     elseif char =~ '\k'
-      return index(split('return const let import export yield default delete var await void typeof throw case new in instanceof')
-            \ ,char) < (line('.') != l:n) || s:previous_token() == '.'
+      if char ==# 'type'
+        return s:previous_token() !~# '^\%(im\|ex\)port$'
+      endif
+      return index(split('return const let import export extends yield default delete var await void typeof throw case new of in instanceof')
+            \ ,char) < (line('.') != l:n) || s:save_pos('s:previous_token') == '.'
     elseif char == '>'
-      return getline('.')[col('.')-2] == '=' || syn =~? '^jsflow'
+      return getline('.')[col('.')-2] == '=' || s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')) =~? '^jsflow'
     elseif char == ':'
-      return getline('.')[col('.')-2] != ':' && s:label_col()
+      return !s:save_pos('s:expr_col')
+    elseif char == '/'
+      return s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')) =~? 'regex'
     endif
-    return syn =~? 'regex' || char !~ '[-=~!<*+,/?^%|&([]'
+    return char !~ '[=~!<*,?^%|&([]' &&
+          \ (char !~ '[-+]' || l:n != line('.') && getline('.')[col('.')-2] == char)
   endif
 endfunction
 
@@ -266,7 +287,9 @@ function GetJavascriptIndent()
   " Get the current line.
   call cursor(v:lnum,1)
   let l:line = getline('.')
-  let syns = s:syn_at(v:lnum, 1)
+  " use synstack as it validates syn state and works in an empty line
+  let s:stack = map(synstack(v:lnum,1),"synIDattr(v:val,'name')")
+  let syns = get(s:stack,-1,'')
 
   " start with strings,comments,etc.
   if syns =~? s:syng_com
@@ -275,7 +298,7 @@ function GetJavascriptIndent()
     elseif l:line !~ '^\s*\/[/*]'
       return -1
     endif
-  elseif syns =~? s:syng_str && l:line !~ '^[''"]'
+  elseif syns =~? s:syng_str
     if b:js_cache[0] == v:lnum - 1 && s:Balanced(v:lnum-1)
       let b:js_cache[0] = v:lnum
     endif
@@ -295,69 +318,60 @@ function GetJavascriptIndent()
   endif
 
   " the containing paren, bracket, or curly. Many hacks for performance
-  let idx = strlen(l:line) ? stridx('])}',l:line[0]) : -1
+  let idx = index([']',')','}'],l:line[0])
   if b:js_cache[0] >= l:lnum && b:js_cache[0] < v:lnum &&
         \ (b:js_cache[0] > l:lnum || s:Balanced(l:lnum))
     call call('cursor',b:js_cache[1:])
   else
-    let [s:looksyn, s:free, top] = [v:lnum - 1, 1, (!indent(l:lnum) &&
+    let [s:looksyn, s:checkIn, top] = [v:lnum - 1, 0, (!indent(l:lnum) &&
           \ s:syn_at(l:lnum,1) !~? s:syng_str) * l:lnum]
     if idx + 1
-      call s:GetPair(['\[','(','{'][idx], '])}'[idx],'bW','s:skip_func()',2000,top)
-    elseif indent(v:lnum) && syns =~? 'block'
+      call s:GetPair(['\[','(','{'][idx],'])}'[idx],'bW','s:skip_func()',2000,top)
+    elseif getline(v:lnum) !~ '^\S' && syns =~? 'block'
       call s:GetPair('{','}','bW','s:skip_func()',2000,top)
     else
       call s:alternatePair(top)
     endif
   endif
 
-  if idx + 1 || l:line[:1] == '|}'
-    if idx == 2 && search('\m\S','bW',line('.')) && s:looking_at() == ')'
-      call s:GetPair('(',')','bW',s:skip_expr,200)
-    endif
-    return indent('.')
-  endif
-
   let b:js_cache = [v:lnum] + (line('.') == v:lnum ? [0,0] : getpos('.')[1:2])
   let num = b:js_cache[1]
 
   let [s:W, isOp, bL, switch_offset] = [s:sw(),0,0,0]
   if !num || s:IsBlock()
+    let ilnum = line('.')
     let pline = s:save_pos('s:Trim',l:lnum)
     if num && s:looking_at() == ')' && s:GetPair('(', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr, 100) > 0
-      let num = line('.')
-      if s:previous_token() ==# 'switch' && s:previous_token() != '.'
-        if &cino !~ ':' || !has('float')
+      let num = ilnum == num ? line('.') : num
+      if idx < 0 && s:previous_token() ==# 'switch' && s:previous_token() != '.'
+        if &cino !~ ':'
           let switch_offset = s:W
         else
-          let cinc = matchlist(&cino,'.*:\(-\)\=\([0-9.]*\)\(s\)\=\C')
-          let switch_offset = float2nr(str2float(cinc[1].(strlen(cinc[2]) ? cinc[2] : strlen(cinc[3])))
-                \ * (strlen(cinc[3]) ? s:W : 1))
+          let switch_offset = max([-indent(num),s:parse_cino(':')])
         endif
         if pline[-1:] != '.' && l:line =~# '^\%(default\|case\)\>'
           return indent(num) + switch_offset
         endif
       endif
     endif
-    if pline[-1:] !~ '[{;]'
-      if pline =~# ':\@<!:$'
-        call cursor(l:lnum,strlen(pline))
-        let isOp = s:tern_col(b:js_cache[1:2])
-      else
-        let isOp = l:line =~# s:opfirst || s:continues(l:lnum,pline)
-      endif
-      let bL = s:iscontOne(l:lnum,num,isOp)
+    if idx < 0 && pline[-1:] !~ '[{;]'
+      let isOp = (l:line =~# s:opfirst || s:continues(l:lnum,pline)) * s:W
+      let bL = s:iscontOne(l:lnum,b:js_cache[1],isOp)
       let bL -= (bL && l:line[0] == '{') * s:W
     endif
+  elseif idx < 0 && getline(b:js_cache[1])[b:js_cache[2]-1] == '(' && &cino =~ '('
+    let pval = s:parse_cino('(')
+    return !pval ? (s:parse_cino('w') ? 0 : -(!!search('\m\S','W'.s:z,num))) + virtcol('.') :
+          \ max([indent('.') + pval + (s:GetPair('(',')','nbrmW',s:skip_expr,100,num) * s:W),0])
   endif
 
   " main return
-  if isOp
-    return (num ? indent(num) : -s:W) + (s:W * 2) + switch_offset + bL
+  if l:line =~ '^\%([])}]\||}\)'
+    return max([indent(num),0])
   elseif num
-    return indent(num) + s:W + switch_offset + bL
+    return indent(num) + s:W + switch_offset + bL + isOp
   endif
-  return bL
+  return bL + isOp
 endfunction
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/indent/json.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:		JSON
 " Mantainer:		Eli Parra <eli@elzr.com> https://github.com/elzr/vim-json
-" Last Change:          2014 Aug 29
+" Last Change:          2017 Jun 13
 "   https://github.com/jakar/vim-json/commit/20b650e22aa750c4ab6a66aa646bdd95d7cd548a#diff-e81fc111b2052e306d126bd9989f7b7c
 " Original Author:	Rogerz Zhang <rogerz.zhang at gmail.com> http://github.com/rogerz/vim-json
 " Acknowledgement:      Based off of vim-javascript maintained by Darrick Wiebe 
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ function GetJSONIndent()
 
   " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
   " if s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex)
-    " return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    " return indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
   " endif
 
   " If the previous line contained an opening bracket, and we are still in it,
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ function GetJSONIndent()
   if line =~ '[[({]'
     let counts = s:LineHasOpeningBrackets(lnum)
     if counts[0] == '1' || counts[1] == '1' || counts[2] == '1'
-      return ind + &sw
+      return ind + shiftwidth()
     else
       call cursor(v:lnum, vcol)
     end

runtime/indent/liquid.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:     Liquid
 " Maintainer:   Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 if exists('b:did_indent')
   finish
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ function! GetLiquidIndent(...)
   let line  = substitute(line,'\C^\%(\s*{%\s*end\w*\s*%}\)\+','','')
   let line .= matchstr(cline,'\C^\%(\s*{%\s*end\w*\s*%}\)\+')
   let cline = substitute(cline,'\C^\%(\s*{%\s*end\w*\s*%}\)\+','','')
-  let sw = exists('*shiftwidth') ? shiftwidth() : &sw
+  let sw = shiftwidth()
   let ind += sw * s:count(line,'{%\s*\%(if\|elsif\|else\|unless\|ifchanged\|case\|when\|for\|empty\|tablerow\|capture\)\>')
   let ind -= sw * s:count(line,'{%\s*end\%(if\|unless\|ifchanged\|case\|for\|tablerow\|capture\)\>')
   let ind -= sw * s:count(cline,'{%\s*\%(elsif\|else\|when\|empty\)\>')

runtime/indent/logtalk.vim

@@ -38,24 +38,24 @@ function! GetLogtalkIndent()
 	endif
 	" Check for entity opening directive on previous line
 	if pline =~ '^\s*:-\s\(object\|protocol\|category\)\ze(.*,$'
-		let ind = ind + &sw
+		let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	" Check for clause head on previous line
 	elseif pline =~ ':-\s*\(%.*\)\?$'
-		let ind = ind + &sw
+		let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	" Check for entity closing directive on previous line
 	elseif pline =~ '^\s*:-\send_\(object\|protocol\|category\)\.\(%.*\)\?$'
-		let ind = ind - &sw
+		let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
 	" Check for end of clause on previous line
 	elseif pline =~ '\.\s*\(%.*\)\?$'
-		let ind = ind - &sw
+		let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 	" Check for opening conditional on previous line
 	if pline =~ '^\s*\([(;]\|->\)' && pline !~ '\.\s*\(%.*\)\?$' && pline !~ '^.*\([)][,]\s*\(%.*\)\?$\)'
-		let ind = ind + &sw
+		let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	endif
 	" Check for closing an unclosed paren, or middle ; or ->
 	if line =~ '^\s*\([);]\|->\)'
-		let ind = ind - &sw
+		let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 	return ind
 endfunction

runtime/indent/lua.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	Lua script
 " Maintainer:	Marcus Aurelius Farias <marcus.cf 'at' bol.com.br>
 " First Author:	Max Ischenko <mfi 'at' ukr.net>
-" Last Change:	2016 Jan 10
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ function! GetLuaIndent()
     " Add 'shiftwidth' if what we found previously is not in a comment and
     " an "end" or "until" is not present on the same line.
     if synIDattr(synID(prevlnum, midx + 1, 1), "name") != "luaComment" && prevline !~ '\<end\>\|\<until\>'
-      let ind = ind + &shiftwidth
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
   endif
 
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ function! GetLuaIndent()
   " This is the part that requires 'indentkeys'.
   let midx = match(getline(v:lnum), '^\s*\%(end\>\|else\>\|elseif\>\|until\>\|}\)')
   if midx != -1 && synIDattr(synID(v:lnum, midx + 1, 1), "name") != "luaComment"
-    let ind = ind - &shiftwidth
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return ind

runtime/indent/matlab.vim

@@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ function GetMatlabIndent(lnum)
     " See if this line does not follow the line right after an openblock
     if getline(plnum) =~ '^\s*\(for\|if\|else\|elseif\|case\|while\|switch\|try\|otherwise\|catch\)\>'
     " See if the user has already dedented
-    elseif indent(v:lnum) > curind - &sw
+    elseif indent(v:lnum) > curind - shiftwidth()
       " If not, recommend one dedent
-	let curind = curind - &sw
+	let curind = curind - shiftwidth()
     else
       " Otherwise, trust the user
       return -1
@@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ function GetMatlabIndent(lnum)
   " If the previous line opened a block
   elseif getline(plnum) =~ '^\s*\(for\|if\|else\|elseif\|case\|while\|switch\|try\|otherwise\|catch\)\>'
     " See if the user has already indented
-    if indent(v:lnum) < curind + &sw
+    if indent(v:lnum) < curind + shiftwidth()
       "If not, recommend indent
-      let curind = curind + &sw
+      let curind = curind + shiftwidth()
     else
       " Otherwise, trust the user
       return -1

runtime/indent/mma.vim

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ function GetMmaIndent()
     " also, indent only if this line if this line isn't starting a new
     " block... TODO - fix this with indentkeys?
     if getline(v:lnum-1) =~ '\\\@<!\%(\[[^\]]*\|([^)]*\|{[^}]*\)$' && getline(v:lnum) !~ '\s\+[\[({]'
-        let ind = ind+&sw
+        let ind = ind+shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     " if this line had unmatched closing block,

runtime/indent/ocaml.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 "               Mike Leary           <leary@nwlink.com>
 "               Markus Mottl         <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
 " URL:          http://www.ocaml.info/vim/indent/ocaml.vim
-" Last Change:  2013 Jun 29
+" Last Change:  2017 Jun 13
 "               2005 Jun 25 - Fixed multiple bugs due to 'else\nreturn ind' working
 "               2005 May 09 - Added an option to not indent OCaml-indents specially (MM)
 "               2013 June   - commented textwidth (Marc Weber)
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ function! GetOCamlIndent()
 
  " Return double 'shiftwidth' after lines matching:
  if lline =~ '^\s*|.*->\s*$'
-   return ind + &sw + &sw
+   return ind + 2 * shiftwidth()
  endif
 
  let line = getline(v:lnum)
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ function! GetOCamlIndent()
  " Indent if current line begins with 'and':
  elseif line =~ '^\s*and\>'
    if lline !~ '^\s*\(and\|let\|type\)\>\|\<end\s*$'
-     return ind - &sw
+     return ind - shiftwidth()
    endif
 
  " Indent if current line begins with 'with':
@@ -199,14 +199,14 @@ function! GetOCamlIndent()
  " or 'method':
  elseif line =~ '^\s*\(constraint\|inherit\|initializer\|method\)\>'
    if lline !~ s:obj
-     return indent(search('\<\(object\|object\s*(.*)\)\s*$', 'bW')) + &sw
+     return indent(search('\<\(object\|object\s*(.*)\)\s*$', 'bW')) + shiftwidth()
    endif
 
  endif
 
  " Add a 'shiftwidth' after lines ending with:
  if lline =~ '\(:\|=\|->\|<-\|(\|\[\|{\|{<\|\[|\|\[<\|\<\(begin\|do\|else\|fun\|function\|functor\|if\|initializer\|object\|parser\|private\|sig\|struct\|then\|try\)\|\<object\s*(.*)\)\s*$'
-   let ind = ind + &sw
+   let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 
  " Back to normal indent after lines ending with ';;':
  elseif lline =~ ';;\s*$' && lline !~ '^\s*;;'
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ function! GetOCamlIndent()
 
  " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' after lines matching 'match ... with parser':
  if lline =~ '\<match\>.*\<with\>\s*\<parser\s*$'
-   let ind = ind - &sw
+   let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
  endif
 
  return ind

runtime/indent/occam.vim

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ function GetOccamIndent()
   if line =~ s:FirstLevelIndent || (line =~ s:FirstLevelNonColonEndIndent && line !~ s:ColonEnd)
 	\ || (line !~ s:ColonStart && (prevline =~ s:SecondLevelIndent
 	\ || (prevline =~ s:SecondLevelNonColonEndIndent && prevline !~ s:ColonEnd)))
-    let curindent = curindent + &shiftwidth
+    let curindent = curindent + shiftwidth()
 
     " Restore magic
     if !save_magic|setlocal nomagic|endif
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ function GetOccamIndent()
 
   while !found
 
-    if indent(prevlinenum) == curindent - &shiftwidth
+    if indent(prevlinenum) == curindent - shiftwidth()
       let found = 1
     endif
 
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ function GetOccamIndent()
 
   if prevlinenum > 0
     if getline(prevlinenum) =~ s:SecondLevelIndent
-      let curindent = curindent + &shiftwidth
+      let curindent = curindent + shiftwidth()
     endif
   endif
 

runtime/indent/pascal.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:    Pascal
 " Maintainer:  Neil Carter <n.carter@swansea.ac.uk>
 " Created:     2004 Jul 13
-" Last Change: 2011 Apr 01
+" Last Change: 2017 Jun 13
 "
 " This is version 2.0, a complete rewrite.
 "
@@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 
 	" If the PREVIOUS LINE ended in these items, always indent
 	if prev_codeline =~ '\<\(type\|const\|var\)$'
-		return indnt + &shiftwidth
+		return indnt + shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 	if prev_codeline =~ '\<repeat$'
 		if this_codeline !~ '^\s*until\>'
-			return indnt + &shiftwidth
+			return indnt + shiftwidth()
 		else
 			return indnt
 		endif
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 
 	if prev_codeline =~ '\<\(begin\|record\)$'
 		if this_codeline !~ '^\s*end\>'
-			return indnt + &shiftwidth
+			return indnt + shiftwidth()
 		else
 			return indnt
 		endif
@@ -125,10 +125,10 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 	" followed by "begin"
 	if prev_codeline =~ '\<\(\|else\|then\|do\)$' || prev_codeline =~ ':$'
 		if this_codeline !~ '^\s*begin\>'
-			return indnt + &shiftwidth
+			return indnt + shiftwidth()
 		else
 			" If it does start with "begin" then keep the same indent
-			"return indnt + &shiftwidth
+			"return indnt + shiftwidth()
 			return indnt
 		endif
 	endif
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 	" only the line before the current one. TODO: Get it working for
 	" parameter lists longer than two lines.
 	if prev_codeline =~ '([^)]\+$'
-		return indnt + &shiftwidth
+		return indnt + shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 	" Lines starting with "else", but not following line ending with
 	" "end".
 	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*else\>' && prev_codeline !~ '\<end$'
-		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+		return indnt - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 	" Lines after a single-statement branch/loop.
@@ -160,16 +160,16 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 		" additional unindentation.
 		if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(end;\|except\|finally\|\)$'
 			" Note that we don't return from here.
-			return indnt - &shiftwidth - &shiftwidth
+			return indnt - 2 * shiftwidth()
 		endif
-		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+		return indnt - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 	" Lines starting with "until" or "end". This rule must be overridden
 	" by the one for "end" after a single-statement branch/loop. In
 	" other words that rule should come before this one.
 	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(end\|until\)\>'
-		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+		return indnt - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 
 	" If the PREVIOUS LINE ended in these items, always indent.
 	if prev_codeline =~ '^\s*\(unit\|uses\|try\|except\|finally\|private\|protected\|public\|published\)$'
-		return indnt + &shiftwidth
+		return indnt + shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 	" ???? Indent "procedure" and "functions" if they appear within an
@@ -212,11 +212,11 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
 	" UNINDENT ONCE
 
 	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(except\|finally\)$'
-		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+		return indnt - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(private\|protected\|public\|published\)$'
-		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+		return indnt - shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
 

runtime/indent/perl.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
 " Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
 " Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
-" Last Change:   2013-07-24
+" Last Change:   2017 Jun 13
 
 " Suggestions and improvements by :
 "   Aaron J. Sherman (use syntax for hints)
@@ -138,9 +138,9 @@ function! GetPerlIndent()
                         \ || synid =~ '^perl\(Sub\|Block\|Package\)Fold'
                 let brace = strpart(line, bracepos, 1)
                 if brace == '(' || brace == '{' || brace == '['
-                    let ind = ind + &sw
+                    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
                 else
-                    let ind = ind - &sw
+                    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
                 endif
             endif
             let bracepos = match(line, braceclass, bracepos + 1)
@@ -152,25 +152,25 @@ function! GetPerlIndent()
                         \ || synid == "perlMatchStartEnd"
                         \ || synid == "perlBraces"
                         \ || synid =~ '^perl\(Sub\|Block\|Package\)Fold'
-                let ind = ind - &sw
+                let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
             endif
         endif
     else
         if line =~ '[{[(]\s*\(#[^])}]*\)\=$'
-            let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         endif
         if cline =~ '^\s*[])}]'
-            let ind = ind - &sw
+            let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
         endif
     endif
 
     " Indent lines that begin with 'or' or 'and'
     if cline =~ '^\s*\(or\|and\)\>'
         if line !~ '^\s*\(or\|and\)\>'
-            let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         endif
     elseif line =~ '^\s*\(or\|and\)\>'
-        let ind = ind - &sw
+        let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     return ind

runtime/indent/perl6.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
 " Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
 " Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
-" Last Change:   2013-07-21
+" Last Change:   2017 Jun 13
 " Contributors:  Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
 "                Hinrik Örn Sigurðsson <hinrik.sig@gmail.com>
 "
@@ -107,19 +107,19 @@ function! GetPerl6Indent()
     endif
 
         if line =~ '[<«\[{(]\s*\(#[^)}\]»>]*\)\=$'
-            let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         endif
         if cline =~ '^\s*[)}\]»>]'
-            let ind = ind - &sw
+            let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
         endif
 
     " Indent lines that begin with 'or' or 'and'
     if cline =~ '^\s*\(or\|and\)\>'
         if line !~ '^\s*\(or\|and\)\>'
-            let ind = ind + &sw
+            let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
         endif
     elseif line =~ '^\s*\(or\|and\)\>'
-        let ind = ind - &sw
+        let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     return ind

runtime/indent/php.vim

@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
 " Author:	John Wellesz <John.wellesz (AT) teaser (DOT) fr>
 " URL:		http://www.2072productions.com/vim/indent/php.vim
 " Home:		https://github.com/2072/PHP-Indenting-for-VIm
-" Last Change:	2015 September 8th
-" Version:	1.60
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
+" Version:	1.62
 "
 "
 "	Type :help php-indent for available options
@@ -50,25 +50,15 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 
 let g:php_sync_method = 0
 
-if exists('*shiftwidth')
-  function! s:sw()
-    return shiftwidth()
-  endfunction
-else
-  function! s:sw()
-    return &shiftwidth
-  endfunction
-endif
-
 
 if exists("PHP_default_indenting")
-    let b:PHP_default_indenting = PHP_default_indenting * s:sw()
+    let b:PHP_default_indenting = PHP_default_indenting * shiftwidth()
 else
     let b:PHP_default_indenting = 0
 endif
 
 if exists("PHP_outdentSLComments")
-    let b:PHP_outdentSLComments = PHP_outdentSLComments * s:sw()
+    let b:PHP_outdentSLComments = PHP_outdentSLComments * shiftwidth()
 else
     let b:PHP_outdentSLComments = 0
 endif
@@ -141,11 +131,13 @@ let s:PHP_validVariable = '[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z0-9_\x7f-\xff]*'
 let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|die\|else\)'
 let s:blockstart = '\%(\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\%(\s\+\)\=\)\=if\>\|\%(}\s*\)\?else\>\|do\>\|while\>\|switch\>\|case\>\|default\>\|for\%(each\)\=\>\|declare\>\|class\>\|trait\>\|use\>\|interface\>\|abstract\>\|final\>\|try\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=catch\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=finally\>\)'
 let s:functionDecl = '\<function\>\%(\s\+'.s:PHP_validVariable.'\)\=\s*(.*'
-let s:endline= '\s*\%(//.*\|#.*\|/\*.*\*/\s*\)\=$'
+let s:endline = '\s*\%(//.*\|#.*\|/\*.*\*/\s*\)\=$'
+let s:unstated = '\%(^\s*'.s:blockstart.'.*)\|\%(//.*\)\@<!\<e'.'lse\>\)'.s:endline
 
 
-let s:terminated = '\%(\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<\s*[''"]\=\a\w*[''"]\=$\|^\s*}\|^\s*'.s:PHP_validVariable.':\)'.s:endline.'\)\|^[^''"`]*[''"`]$'
+let s:terminated = '\%(\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<\s*[''"]\=\a\w*[''"]\=$\|^\s*}\|^\s*'.s:PHP_validVariable.':\)'.s:endline.'\)'
 let s:PHP_startindenttag = '<?\%(.*?>\)\@!\|<script[^>]*>\%(.*<\/script>\)\@!'
+let s:structureHead = '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline . '\|\<new\s\+class\>'
 
 
 
@@ -214,10 +206,28 @@ function! GetLastRealCodeLNum(startline) " {{{
 		let lnum = lnum - 1
 	    endwhile
 	elseif lastline =~ '^[^''"`]*[''"`][;,]'.s:endline
-	    let tofind=substitute( lastline, '^.*\([''"`]\)[;,].*$', '^[^\1]\\+[\1]$', '')
-	    while getline(lnum) !~? tofind && lnum > 1
-		let lnum = lnum - 1
+
+	    let tofind=substitute( lastline, '^.*\([''"`]\)[;,].*$', '^[^\1]\\+[\1]$\\|^[^\1]\\+[=([]\\s*[\1]', '')
+	    let trylnum = lnum
+	    while getline(trylnum) !~? tofind && trylnum > 1
+		let trylnum = trylnum - 1
 	    endwhile
+
+	    if trylnum == 1
+		break
+	    else
+		if lastline =~ ';'.s:endline
+		    while getline(trylnum) !~? s:terminated && getline(trylnum) !~? '{'.s:endline && trylnum > 1
+			let trylnum = prevnonblank(trylnum - 1)
+		    endwhile
+
+
+		    if trylnum == 1
+			break
+		    end
+		end
+		let lnum = trylnum
+	    end
 	else
 	    break
 	endif
@@ -262,7 +272,7 @@ function! FindOpenBracket(lnum, blockStarter) " {{{
 	while line > 1
 	    let linec = getline(line)
 
-	    if linec =~ s:terminated || linec =~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline
+	    if linec =~ s:terminated || linec =~ s:structureHead
 		break
 	    endif
 
@@ -273,6 +283,20 @@ function! FindOpenBracket(lnum, blockStarter) " {{{
     return line
 endfun " }}}
 
+let s:blockChars = {'{':1, '[': 1, '(': 1, ')':-1, ']':-1, '}':-1}
+function! BalanceDirection (str)
+
+    let balance = 0
+
+    for c in split(a:str, '\zs')
+	if has_key(s:blockChars, c)
+	    let balance += s:blockChars[c]
+	endif
+    endfor
+
+    return balance
+endfun
+
 function! FindTheIfOfAnElse (lnum, StopAfterFirstPrevElse) " {{{
 
     if getline(a:lnum) =~# '^\s*}\s*else\%(if\)\=\>'
@@ -323,7 +347,7 @@ function! FindTheSwitchIndent (lnum) " {{{
     let test = GetLastRealCodeLNum(a:lnum - 1)
 
     if test <= 1
-	return indent(1) - s:sw() * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
+	return indent(1) - shiftwidth() * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
     end
 
     while getline(test) =~ '^\s*}' && test > 1
@@ -337,7 +361,7 @@ function! FindTheSwitchIndent (lnum) " {{{
     if getline(test) =~# '^\s*switch\>'
 	return indent(test)
     elseif getline(test) =~# s:defaultORcase
-	return indent(test) - s:sw() * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
+	return indent(test) - shiftwidth() * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
     else
 	return FindTheSwitchIndent(test)
     endif
@@ -410,7 +434,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     endif
 
     if b:PHP_default_indenting
-	let b:PHP_default_indenting = g:PHP_default_indenting * s:sw()
+	let b:PHP_default_indenting = g:PHP_default_indenting * shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     let cline = getline(v:lnum)
@@ -457,7 +481,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
 	if synname!=""
 	    if synname == "SpecStringEntrails"
-		let b:InPHPcode = -1
+		let b:InPHPcode = -1 " thumb down
 		let b:InPHPcode_tofind = ""
 	    elseif synname != "phpHereDoc" && synname != "phpHereDocDelimiter"
 		let b:InPHPcode = 1
@@ -540,7 +564,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		let b:InPHPcode_and_script = 1
 	    endif
 
-	elseif last_line =~ '^[^''"`]\+[''"`]$'
+	elseif last_line =~ '^[^''"`]\+[''"`]$' " a string identifier with nothing after it and no other string identifier before
 	    let b:InPHPcode = -1
 	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = substitute( last_line, '^.*\([''"`]\).*$', '^[^\1]*\1[;,]$', '')
 	elseif last_line =~? '<<<\s*[''"]\=\a\w*[''"]\=$'
@@ -660,25 +684,26 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
     let terminated = s:terminated
 
-    let unstated   = '\%(^\s*'.s:blockstart.'.*)\|\%(//.*\)\@<!\<e'.'lse\>\)'.endline
+    let unstated  = s:unstated
+
 
     if ind != b:PHP_default_indenting && cline =~# '^\s*else\%(if\)\=\>'
 	let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = b:PHP_default_indenting
 	return indent(FindTheIfOfAnElse(v:lnum, 1))
     elseif cline =~# s:defaultORcase
-	return FindTheSwitchIndent(v:lnum) + s:sw() * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
+	return FindTheSwitchIndent(v:lnum) + shiftwidth() * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
     elseif cline =~ '^\s*)\=\s*{'
 	let previous_line = last_line
 	let last_line_num = lnum
 
 	while last_line_num > 1
 
-	    if previous_line =~ terminated || previous_line =~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . endline
+	    if previous_line =~ terminated || previous_line =~ s:structureHead
 
 		let ind = indent(last_line_num)
 
 		if  b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel
-		    let ind = ind + s:sw()
+		    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 		endif
 
 		return ind
@@ -689,7 +714,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endwhile
 
     elseif last_line =~# unstated && cline !~ '^\s*);\='.endline
-	let ind = ind + s:sw()
+	let ind = ind + shiftwidth() " we indent one level further when the preceding line is not stated
 	return ind + addSpecial
 
     elseif (ind != b:PHP_default_indenting || last_line =~ '^[)\]]' ) && last_line =~ terminated
@@ -699,7 +724,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
 	let isSingleLineBlock = 0
 	while 1
-	    if ! isSingleLineBlock && previous_line =~ '^\s*}\|;\s*}'.endline
+	    if ! isSingleLineBlock && previous_line =~ '^\s*}\|;\s*}'.endline " XXX
 
 		call cursor(last_line_num, 1)
 		if previous_line !~ '^}'
@@ -780,15 +805,15 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     if !LastLineClosed
 
 
-	if last_line =~# '[{(\[]'.endline || last_line =~? '\h\w*\s*(.*,$' && AntepenultimateLine !~ '[,(\[]'.endline
+	if last_line =~# '[{(\[]'.endline || last_line =~? '\h\w*\s*(.*,$' && AntepenultimateLine !~ '[,(\[]'.endline && BalanceDirection(last_line) > 0
 
 	    let dontIndent = 0
-	    if last_line =~ '\S\+\s*{'.endline && last_line !~ '^\s*)\s*{'.endline && last_line !~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline
+	    if last_line =~ '\S\+\s*{'.endline && last_line !~ '^\s*[)\]]\+\s*{'.endline && last_line !~ s:structureHead
 		let dontIndent = 1
 	    endif
 
 	    if !dontIndent && (!b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel || last_line !~# '^\s*{')
-		let ind = ind + s:sw()
+		let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	    endif
 
 	    if b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel || b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent == 1
@@ -797,26 +822,26 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		return ind + addSpecial
 	    endif
 
-	elseif last_line =~ '\S\+\s*),'.endline
+	elseif last_line =~ '\S\+\s*),'.endline && BalanceDirection(last_line) < 0
 	    call cursor(lnum, 1)
-	    call search('),'.endline, 'W')
+	    call search('),'.endline, 'W') " line never begins with ) so no need for 'c' flag
 	    let openedparent = searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
 	    if openedparent != lnum
 		let ind = indent(openedparent)
 	    endif
 
 	elseif last_line =~ '^\s*'.s:blockstart
-	    let ind = ind + s:sw()
+	    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 
 
-    elseif AntepenultimateLine =~ '{'.endline || AntepenultimateLine =~ terminated || AntepenultimateLine =~# s:defaultORcase
-	    let ind = ind + s:sw()
+	elseif AntepenultimateLine =~ '{'.endline && AntepenultimateLine !~? '^\s*use\>' || AntepenultimateLine =~ terminated || AntepenultimateLine =~# s:defaultORcase
+	    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	endif
 
     endif
 
     if cline =~  '^\s*[)\]];\='
-	let ind = ind - s:sw()
+	let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = ind

runtime/indent/postscr.vim

@@ -41,16 +41,16 @@ function! PostscrIndentGet(lnum)
 
   " Indent for dicts, arrays, and saves with possible trailing comment
   if pline =~ '\(begin\|<<\|g\=save\|{\|[\)\s*\(%.*\)\=$'
-    let ind = ind + &sw
+    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " Remove indent for popped dicts, and restores.
   if pline =~ '\(end\|g\=restore\)\s*$'
-    let ind = ind - &sw
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
 
   " Else handle immediate dedents of dicts, restores, and arrays.
   elseif getline(a:lnum) =~ '\(end\|>>\|g\=restore\|}\|]\)'
-    let ind = ind - &sw
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
 
   " Else handle DSC comments - always start of line.
   elseif getline(a:lnum) =~ '^\s*%%'

runtime/indent/pov.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language: PoV-Ray Scene Description Language
 " Maintainer: David Necas (Yeti) <yeti@physics.muni.cz>
-" Last Change: 2002-10-20
+" Last Change: 2017 Jun 13
 " URI: http://trific.ath.cx/Ftp/vim/indent/pov.vim
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ function GetPoVRayIndent()
   " opening line.
   let cur = s:MatchCount(v:lnum, '^\s*\%(#\s*\%(end\|else\)\>\|[]})]\)')
   if cur > 0
-    let final = plind + (chg - cur) * &sw
+    let final = plind + (chg - cur) * shiftwidth()
   else
-    let final = plind + chg * &sw
+    let final = plind + chg * shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return final < 0 ? 0 : final

runtime/indent/prolog.vim

@@ -41,18 +41,18 @@ function! GetPrologIndent()
     endif
     " Check for clause head on previous line
     if pline =~ ':-\s*\(%.*\)\?$'
-	let ind = ind + &sw
+	let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     " Check for end of clause on previous line
     elseif pline =~ '\.\s*\(%.*\)\?$'
-	let ind = ind - &sw
+	let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     endif
     " Check for opening conditional on previous line
     if pline =~ '^\s*\([(;]\|->\)'
-	let ind = ind + &sw
+	let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
     endif
     " Check for closing an unclosed paren, or middle ; or ->
     if line =~ '^\s*\([);]\|->\)'
-	let ind = ind - &sw
+	let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     endif
     return ind
 endfunction

runtime/indent/r.vim

@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ function GetRIndent()
         let nlnum = s:Get_prev_line(nlnum)
         let nline = SanitizeRLine(getline(nlnum)) . nline
       endwhile
-      if nline =~ '^\s*function\s*(' && indent(nlnum) == &sw
+      if nline =~ '^\s*function\s*(' && indent(nlnum) == shiftwidth()
         return 0
       endif
     endif
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ function GetRIndent()
 
   " line is an incomplete command:
   if line =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || line =~ '\<else$' || line =~ '<-$' || line =~ '->$'
-    return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    return indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " Deal with () and []
@@ -293,14 +293,14 @@ function GetRIndent()
   let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
 
   if line =~ '^\s*{$' || line =~ '(\s*{' || (pb == 0 && (line =~ '{$' || line =~ '(\s*{$'))
-    return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    return indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   let s:curtabstop = repeat(' ', &tabstop)
 
   if g:r_indent_align_args == 1
     if pb > 0 && line =~ '{$'
-      return s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, '(', ')', pb) + &sw
+      return s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, '(', ')', pb) + shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     let bb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '[', ']')
@@ -364,11 +364,11 @@ function GetRIndent()
       if oline =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern && s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
         return indent(lnum)
       else
-        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+        return indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
       endif
     else
       if oline =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern && s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
-        return indent(lnum) - &sw
+        return indent(lnum) - shiftwidth()
       endif
     endif
   endif
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ function GetRIndent()
       let line = linepiece . line
     endwhile
     if line =~ '{$' && post_block == 0
-      return indent(lnum) + &sw
+      return indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     " Now we can do some tests again
@@ -393,19 +393,19 @@ function GetRIndent()
     if post_block == 0
       let newl = SanitizeRLine(line)
       if newl =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || newl =~ '\<else$' || newl =~ '<-$'
-        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+        return indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
       endif
     endif
   endif
 
   if cline =~ '^\s*else'
     if line =~ '<-\s*if\s*()'
-      return indent(lnum) + &sw
+      return indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
     else
       if line =~ '\<if\s*()'
         return indent(lnum)
       else
-        return indent(lnum) - &sw
+        return indent(lnum) - shiftwidth()
       endif
     endif
   endif
@@ -474,12 +474,12 @@ function GetRIndent()
   let ind = indent(lnum)
 
   if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && pb != 0
-    let ind += pb * &sw
+    let ind += pb * shiftwidth()
     return ind
   endif
 
   if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && bb != 0
-    let ind += bb * &sw
+    let ind += bb * shiftwidth()
     return ind
   endif
 
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ function GetRIndent()
     let pind = 0
   endif
 
-  if ind == pind || (ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$' && ppost_else == 0)
+  if ind == pind || (ind == (pind  + shiftwidth()) && pline =~ '{$' && ppost_else == 0)
     return ind
   endif
 
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ function GetRIndent()
       let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
     endwhile
     let pind = indent(plnum)
-    if ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$'
+    if ind == (pind  + shiftwidth()) && pline =~ '{$'
       return ind
     endif
   endwhile

runtime/indent/rhelp.vim

@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ function GetRHelpIndent()
   let closeb = strlen(line2) - strlen(line3)
   let bb = openb - closeb
 
-  let ind = indent(lnum) + (bb * &sw)
+  let ind = indent(lnum) + (bb * shiftwidth())
 
   if line =~ '^\s*}\s*$'
     let ind = indent(lnum)

runtime/indent/rpl.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	RPL/2
 " Version:	0.2
-" Last Change:	2005 Mar 28
+" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
 " Maintainer:	BERTRAND Jo<4A>l <rpl2@free.fr>
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ function RplGetIndent(lnum)
   if prevstat =~? '\<\(if\|iferr\|do\|while\)\>' && prevstat =~? '\<end\>'
   elseif prevstat =~? '\(^\|\s\+\)<<\($\|\s\+\)' && prevstat =~? '\s\+>>\($\|\s\+\)'
   elseif prevstat =~? '\<\(if\|iferr\|then\|else\|elseif\|select\|case\|do\|until\|while\|repeat\|for\|start\|default\)\>' || prevstat =~? '\(^\|\s\+\)<<\($\|\s\+\)'
-    let ind = ind + &sw
+    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " Subtract a shiftwidth from then, else, elseif, end, until, repeat, next,
   " step
   let line = getline(v:lnum)
   if line =~? '^\s*\(then\|else\|elseif\|until\|repeat\|next\|step\|default\|end\)\>'
-    let ind = ind - &sw
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   elseif line =~? '^\s*>>\($\|\s\+\)'
-    let ind = ind - &sw
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   return ind